w_z_t系列水轮机微机调速器说明书-w_z_t series hydraulic turbine microcomputer-based...
TRANSCRIPT
W(Z)T 系列水轮机微机调速器
说 明 书
W(Z) T Series
Hydraulic Turbine Microcomputer-based Governor
INSTRUCTION
武汉四创自动控制技术有限责任公司
Wuhan Strong Automatic Control Technology Co., Ltd.
1
尊敬的用户：Dear Customer,
非常感谢您对武汉四创自动控制技术有限责任公司的信任。欢迎您使用本公司的
产品。敬请您在安装、电路连接、配线、运行、维护检查前，必须熟读本说明书，以
保证您的正确操作和使用，使用时也必须熟知有关安全和注意事项。 Thank you for your trust and your selection of Wuhan Strong Automatic Control
Technology Co. Ltd. Please read this manual carefully, especially items on safety and attention before your installation, circuit connection, operation and maintenance to ensure your correct operation and usage
此说明书注意事项将分为‘‘警告’’和‘‘注意’’两级。 .Items needing attention in this manual have been divided into two grades：
warning and be careful.
安全指导 Safety Guidance
按照规定，在安装和设备投入运行前，请仔细阅读这些注意事项和危险警告，敬
请熟读此说明书，在熟练掌握机器的有关知识、安全事项和注意事项后，再使用，进
行正确操作。如果不按本手册的规定操作可能导致人身伤亡和财产损失。 According to related regulations, “be careful” and “warning” items shall be read
carefully before the installation and operation. Thus please read this manual and instruction as well as documents on controllers. What’s more, the installation and operation only can be started until you are familiar with related knowledge. Human death or injury and property loss may be caused if any violation of this manual.
警告 Warning
本设备有危险电压，并控制有危险电压的动力器件。如果不按本
手册的规定操作可能导致人身伤亡和财产损失。 The equipment is with dangerous voltage and also controls the
dynamic components which have dangerous voltage. Human death or injury and property loss may be caused if any violation of this manual.
本设备有危险压力，并控制有危险压力的液压器件。如果不按本
手册的规定操作可能导致人身伤亡和财产损失。 The equipment is with dangerous voltage and also controls the
hydraulic components which have dangerous voltage. Human death or injury and property loss may be caused if any violation of this manual.
只有合格掌握技术的人员允许操作本设备，而在此之前，要熟
悉本手册中所有安全说明，安装、操作和维护指导。 Only technicians who have been familiar with guidelines on
safety, installation, operation and maintenance can operate this equipment. 直接连接动力设备的器件在动力电压下运行。
2
The component which is connected with dynamic equipment directly operates under the dynamic voltage. 只允许连接永久不变的输入电源，本设备必须可靠接地。 Only constant input is allowed to connect and this equipment shall be earthing reliably. 当打开柜门时，应注意外裸露的带电部件，请不要接触。 Be careful of the externally exposed component and no touch if you open the cabinet. 正常情况下，即使设备不工作时，电源端子也会带危险电压。 Under normal condition, power terminal is also with dangerous voltage even if it does not work. 设备工作时, 勿随意插拔元器件,以免影响设备的正常工作。 Please do not draw any component during its work in order to not influence its normal work. 只有合格的人员才能连接，启动本系统和排除故障。此操作人员
必须透彻地了解本手册的所有警告和操作规程。 Only qualified people can connect, start up this system and eliminate malfunction and those people must completely understand all warning and operation regulations in this manual. 如有参数整定操作，勿随意修改出厂设置，先联系厂家咨询技术
问题，再进行必要的处理。 If any parameter setting operation, please do not modify the original setup randomly and shall contact with the supplier first. 设备检修时，一定切断外部电源再作业，挂警示牌。 External power shall cut and warning plate also shall be hung before check and repair. 对设备或机器的任何电气或机械部件进行操作之前，器件的控制
电源必须断开，挂警示牌。 The control power shall be cut and warning plate also shall be hung before operating electric or mechanical part of any equipment or machine.
注意 Be careful
安装出现错误时，出现危险的情况，可能会导致中度受伤或轻伤。
也可会能导致设备损坏。 This mark will appear when installation error happens and it
may bring mid or slight injury, or equipment damage. 防止专业技术人员以外的相关人员接近本设备。 Please prevent the close of non-professional people to the equipment. 本设备只能按制造供应商的规定和操作进行，随意更改或被设备
供应商以外人士的推荐更换的零部件不匹配，性能不符会引起火灾，
电击、灼伤或物质损坏。 The equipment shall be operated in the light of the supplier’s
3
regulation. Any mismatch or non-performance of random change or usage of parts which are recommended not by the supplier may cause fire, electric attack, burn or property damage. 拧紧接线端子的螺丝钉, 螺丝钉松动将会导致短路或故障. Please screw down the screw of the terminal and any loose may cause break or fault. 注意保持产品的清洁卫生,以免异物等进入,影响设备的正常工作。Please keep it clean. 调速器控制电柜及油泵控制箱柜体钥匙必须由相关负责人员保管 Keys of governor cabinet and oil pump control cabinet shall be kept by related person.
以上所说明的都是重要内容，请务必遵守。
Please pay much attention to all mentioned above, which must be obeyed.
请妥善保存产品资料，以便在需要时能及时阅读查找。
Please take care of this manual for your future convenience.
ISO9001：2000
ISO9001：2000
本产品质量管理系统符合 ISO9001：2000 标准要求。
The quality management system of this equipment complies with the requirements
of ISO9001：2000.
4
目 录
第一章 概 述....................................................................................................... 12
CHAPTER I GENERAL DESCRIPTION............................................................... 12
第二章 调速器系统结构 ........................................................................................ 16
CHAPTER II SYSTEM STRUCTURE OF GOVERNOR ....................................... 16
2.1 系统结构框图 BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE SYSTEM STRUCTURE........................... 16
2.2 框图说明 BLOCK DIAGRAM SPECIFICATIONS .................................................... 17
2.3 系统工作原理 SYSTEM WORKING PRINCIPLES .................................................. 18
第三章 调速器系统配置 ........................................................................................ 23
CHAPTER III GOVERNOR SYSTEM CONFIGURATION .................................... 23
3.1 电气系统配置 CONFIGURATION OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM............................ 23
3.1.1 硬件配置 Hardware Configuration ......................................................... 23
3.1.2 软件基本配置 Software Basic Configuration.......................................... 25
3.1.3 功能增强软件配置 Functional strengthen Software Configuration ......... 25
3.1.4 调试设备及软件（不属于调速器设备内）Equipments and Software for
Debugging (not belong to Governor equipments) ........................................... 26
3.1.5 试验设备（不属于调速器设备内）Equipments for Test (not included in
Governor equipments) .................................................................................... 26
3.2 机械系统配置 MECHANICAL SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ..................................... 26
第四章 调速器主要功能及特点.............................................................................. 27
CHAPTER IV MAIN FUNCTIONS AND FEATURES OF GOVERNOR ................ 27
4.1 主要功能 MAIN FUNCTIONS ............................................................................ 27
4.1.1 调节与控制功能 Regulation and Control Functions ............................... 27
4.1.2 诊断及容错功能 Diagnostics and Tolerance Functions.......................... 30
4.1.3 开发调试功能 Developing and Debugging Functions ............................ 32
4.2 主要特点 MAIN FEATURES.............................................................................. 33
第五章 调速器主要技术数据及性能指标 ............................................................... 35
CHAPTER V MAIN TECHNICAL DATA AND PERFORMANCE INDEX OF
GOVERNOR ......................................................................................................... 35
5
5.1 主要技术数据 MAIN TECHNICAL DATA ............................................................. 35
5.2 主要性能指标 MAIN PERFORMANCE INDEX...................................................... 39
第六章 调速器硬件构成 ........................................................................................ 41
CHAPTER VI HARDWARE CONFIGURATION ................................................... 41
6.1 PLC 硬件配置 PLC HARDWARE CONFIGURATION............................................. 41
6.1.1 日本三菱 Q 系列 PLC Japanese Mitsubishi Q series PLC..................... 41
6.1.2.S7-300 系列 PLC S7-300 Series PLC.................................................... 42
6.1.3 Modicon TSX Premium 系列 PLC / Modicon TSX Premium Series PLC43
6.2 操作终端 OPERATING TERMINAL ..................................................................... 44
6.3 电液转换器部分 ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC TRANDUCER PART................................. 45
6.3.1 步进电机及驱动模块 Step-by-step motor and Step-by-step motor driver
module ............................................................................................................ 45
6.3.2 伺服电机及驱动模块 servo motor and driver module............................. 51
6.3.3 伺服比例阀及其放大器 servo proportional valve and the amplifier ....... 56
6.4 测频模块 FREQUENCY MEASUREMENT MODULE .............................................. 60
6.5 电源系统 POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM .................................................................. 64
第七章 调速器软件编程说明 ................................................................................. 67
CHAPTER VII SOFTWARE PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS................................ 67
7.1 主程序流程框图 FLOW BLOCK DIAGRAM OF MAIN PROGRAM............................. 67
7.2 调节模式 REGULATING MODE......................................................................... 69
7.3 开机、停机规律 STARUP AND SHUTDOWN RULES............................................ 71
7.4 数字协联 DIGITAL COORDINATION.................................................................... 72
7.4.1 双调节水轮机的协联特性 coordination features of wicket and runner
blade for Kaplan turbine.................................................................................. 72
7.4.2 协联插值算法 Coordination interpretation arithmetic ............................ 73
7.5 机手动、自动、电手动运行及相互切换无扰动 MECHANICAL ,AUTO,ELECTRICAL
/MANUAL OPERATION AND BUMPLESS TRANSFER.................................................... 74
第八章 调速器的面板说明 ..................................................................................... 75
CHAPTER VIII PANEL DESCRIPTION ................................................................ 75
8.1 机电分柜面板说明 PANEL DESCRIPTION OF THE SEPERAT CUBICLE OF
6
ELECTRO-MECHANICS ........................................................................................... 75
8.2 机电合柜面板说明 PANEL DESCRIPTION OF THE UNIT CABINET OF
ELECTRO-MECHANICS ........................................................................................... 75
第九章 机械液压系统 ............................................................................................ 77
CHAPTER IX MECHANICAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.......................................... 77
9.1 原理 GENERAL DESCRIPTION.......................................................................... 77
9.2 主要部件介绍 INTRODUCTION OF MAIN COMPONENTS.................................... 81
9.2.1 无油电液转换器（专利号：ZL 00 2 24552.3）Oil-free Electro Hydraulic
Transducer (patent NO.： ZL 00 2 24552.3) .................................................. 81
9.2.2 比例伺服阀 Servo Proportional valve .................................................... 83
9.2.3.主配压阀 Main Distributing Valve ........................................................... 83
9.2.4 紧急停机电磁阀 Emergency Stop solenoid valve .................................. 86
9.2.5 位移传感器 Displacement Sensor ........................................................ 87
9.2.6 滤油器 Oil Filter ..................................................................................... 88
9.2.7 分段关闭装置(选配) Closing Device with serval rates(optional)............. 88
9.2.8 事故配压阀(选配) Emergency distributing valve(optional)................... 90
9.2.9 机械液压柜 mechanic-hydraulic cabinet ................................................ 92
9.2.10 装配和调整 Assemble and adjustment ................................................ 92
第十章 HYZ 及 YZ 型油压装置使用说明 ................................................................ 95
CHARPTER10 USAGE OF HYZ AND YZ OIL PRESSURE DEVICE................... 95
10.1 概述 GENERAL DESCRIPTION ....................................................................... 95
10.2 主要参数 MAIN PARAMETERS ....................................................................... 99
10.2.1 HYZ 型油压装置基本参数 Basic parameters for HYZ oil pressure device
........................................................................................................................ 99
10.2.2 YZ 型油压装置基本参数 Basic parameters for YZ oil pressure device . 99
10.3 工作原理 WORK PRINCIPLE .......................................................................... 99
10.4 油压装置主要部件说明 DESCRIPTION OF OIL DEVICE’S MAIN COMPONENTS：.106
10.4.1 压力罐装配 Pressire tank cnfiguration ................................................106
10.4.2 回油箱装配 Oil return tank configuration............................................107
10.4.3 油泵组 /Oil pump group .....................................................................110
7
10.4.3.1 螺杆油泵 Screw oil pump ............................................................. 111
10.4.3.2 直齿共轭内啮合齿轮泵 Internal & straight tooth gear pump：...... 111
10.4.4 组合阀 combined valve.......................................................................112
10.4.4.1 概述 General description ..............................................................112
10.4.4.2 主要参数 main parameters ...........................................................113
10.4.4.3 结构特点 structure features ..........................................................113
10.4.4.4 工作原理 Working principle ...........................................................114
10.4.4.5 组合阀调整与安装 The Adjustment and Checkup of the Combination
Valve ...........................................................................................................117
10.4.5 主要采用的自动化元件及检测、控制元件简介 Brief introduction of main
automatic, test and ontrol components ..........................................................119
10.4.5.1 压力罐油位计（蓄能器式无此装置）Oil level meter of pressure tank
( It is not included in the bladder accumulators)..........................................119
10.4.5.2 自动补气装置(选配) Automatica air replenish device(optional).....120
10.4.5.3 回油箱油位信号器（选配）oil level singal indicator of oil return
tank(Optional) .............................................................................................121
10.4.5.4 油混水信号装置（选配） oil mixing water signal device(optional)
....................................................................................................................122
10.4.5.5 压力表、压力控制器、压力变送器（选配）Pessure meter, pressure
controller and pressure transmitter(Optional)..............................................122
10.5 油压装置的安装 INSTALLATION OF OIL PRESSURE UNITS...............................123
10.5.1 回油箱的安装 Installation of oil return tank .........................................124
10.5.2 压力罐的安装 Installation of pressure oil tank.....................................125
10.5.3 电动机的安装 Installation of motor......................................................126
10.5.4 压力罐上各阀门及附件安装 Installation of valves and accessories of the
pressure oil tank.............................................................................................127
10.5.4.1 进油阀的安装 Installation of the filling valve .................................127
10.5.4.2 放油阀的安装 Installation of release valve....................................127
10.5.4.3 主压力油阀门的安装 Installation of main pressure oil valve .........128
10.5.4.4 辅助油口阀门的安装 Installation of assistant port valve ...............128
8
10.5.4.5 油位计截止阀的安装 Installation of oil level shut-off valve............128
10.5.4.6 空气安全阀的安装 Installation of air safety valve： ......................128
10.5.4.7 补气放气阀的安装 Installation of air filler valve.............................129
10.5.4.8 表架的安装 Installation of shelf.....................................................129
10.5.5 回油箱上各阀门及附件的安装 Installation of valves and accessories of
oil return tank .................................................................................................129
10.5.5.1 回油箱放油阀的安装 Installation of oil discharging valve of the oil
return tank...................................................................................................129
10.5.5.2 双滤油网的安装 Installation of double oil-filter screens：..............130
10.5.6 各自动化元件及仪表的安装 Installation of Automatic components .....130
10.5.6.1 压力罐磁翻板油位计的安装 Installation of by-pass level indication
and thermometer of the pressure tank： ....................................................130
10.5.6.2 回油箱磁翻板油位计的安装 Installation of by-pass level indication
and thermometer of the oil return tank： ....................................................130
10.5.6.3 自动补气装置的安装 Installation of automatic air filler device： ....130
10.5.6.4 压力表、电接点压力表、压力变送器的安装 Installation of manometer,
electro connecting pressure gauge, and pressure transducer：.................131
10.5.7 油、气管路的安装 Installation of oil and air ducts： ...........................131
10.5.7.1 油泵至压力罐的油路安装 Installation of the oil duct from the oil pump
to the pressure tank：.................................................................................132
10.5.7.2 自动补气装置至压力罐补气放气阀间的连接 Installation of the air
duct from the automatic air filler device to the air filler hole of the pressure
tank.： ........................................................................................................132
第十一章 漏油装置（选配） ................................................................................133
CHAPTER XI USAGE OF OIL LEAKAGE DEVICE(OPTIONAL) .......................133
11.1 安装须知 Note to installation...............................................................133
11.2 技术参数 Technology parameters .......................................................134
11.3 主要零部件 The main accessories......................................................135
第十二章 调速器安装调试维护说明......................................................................140
CHAPTER XII DESCRIPTION OF INSTALLING, DEBUGGING AND
9
MAINTAINING .....................................................................................................140
12.1 机械安装调试 MECHANIC INSTALLATION AND DEBUGGING..............................140
12.1.1 装配 Assembling.................................................................................140
12.1.2 零位调整 Zero setting .........................................................................140
12.2 电气安装调试 ELECTRIC INSTALLATION AND DEBUGGING...............................140
12.2.1 安装 Installation ..................................................................................141
12.2.2 调试 Debugging..................................................................................142
12.3 调速器的检修与维护 GOVERNOR INPSECTION AND MAINTENANCE.................150
12.3.1 日常巡视时，应注意 Pay attention to following items while daily
checking： .....................................................................................................150
12.3.2 检修时，应注意 Pay attention to following items while daily maintaining：
.......................................................................................................................152
12.3.3 故障诊断 Breakdown Diagnosis：......................................................153
12.3.4 易损件 easily-abrasive spare parts .....................................................158
第十三章 调速器运行操作说明.............................................................................159
CHAPTER XIII OPERATING INSTRUCTION ......................................................159
13.1 调速器上电或复位 GOVERNOR POWER UP OR RESET...................................159
13.2 模式切换 CHANGING MODE.........................................................................160
13.3 增加、减少操作 INCREASING AND DECREASING OPERATION .........................161
13.4 机械部分操作 MECHANIC OPERATION ..........................................................162
13.5 调速器运行操作 GOVERNOR OPERATION.....................................................162
13.5.1 开机前调速器应具备的条件 necessary conditions before governor
startup............................................................................................................162
13.5.2 自动开机并网 Automatic Starting and Synchronize ............................163
13.5.3 增减负荷 Load Increasing/Decreasing ...............................................164
13.5.4 调相 phase modulation.......................................................................165
13.5.5 解除调相 releasing phase modulation ................................................165
13.5.6 自动停机 Automatic Stop....................................................................165
123.5.7 机械手动开机并网 Start and Synchronize by Mechanical Manual ....166
13.5.8 机械手动切自动 Switching from Mechanical Manual to Auto..............167
10
13.5.9 机手动停机 Mechanically manual stop ...............................................167
13.5.10 电手动开机、并网 Electrically manual startup and synchronization .168
13.5.11 电手动停机 Electrically manual stop .................................................169
13.5.12 机手动/自动/电手动切换 Switch of mechanically
manual/automatic/electrically manual ............................................................169
13.5.12.1 机手动切自动 Mechanically manual operation conversed into
automatic one: ............................................................................................169
13.5.12.2 自动切机手动 automatic operation switching into mechanically
manual operation ........................................................................................170
13.5.12.3 自动切电手动 automatic operation switching into electrically
manual operation ........................................................................................170
13.5.12.4 电手动切自动 electrically manual switching into automatic ........171
13.5.13 桨叶的操作方法同导叶操作 The operation of the Runner blades is
same as the guide vane.................................................................................171
13.5.14 紧急停机 Emergent stop...................................................................171
13.5.15 电源操作 Power Operation ...............................................................172
13.5.16 无油电液转换器的润滑 Lubricate Oil-free Electro-hydraulic Transducer
.......................................................................................................................172
第十四章 油泵控制系统 .......................................................................................173
CHAPTER XIV OIL PUMP SYSTEM ...................................................................173
14.1 概述 GENERAL DESCRIPTION.......................................................................173
14.2 油泵控制系统安装和硬件配置 INSTALLATION AND HARDWARE CONFIGURATION OF
OIL PUMP SYSTEM ................................................................................................175
14.2.1 机械安装 Mechanical installation .........................................................175
14.2.2 环境要求 Conditions ............................................................................177
14.2.3 电气安装 Electric installation ...............................................................178
14.2.3.1 主控回路 Main control circuit ........................................................178
14.2.3.3 电源 Power supply ........................................................................178
14.2.3.4 面板布置 Panel arrangement ........................................................178
14.2.3.5 输出继电器以及与外围接线的端子排若干 There are several relays
11
and several peripheral wiring terminals.。 ..................................................179
14.3 油泵控制系统控制原理框图 CONTROL PRINCIPLE DIAGRAM OF OIL PUMP SYSTEM
..........................................................................................................................179
14.4 油泵控制系统操作说明 OPERATION DESCRIPTION OF OIL PUMP SYSTEM.........180
14.4.1 油泵自动方式 Oil pump automatic way..............................................180
14.4.2 油泵手动方式 OiI pump manual way................................................181
14.4.3 油泵切除方式 Oil pump Switchover way.............................................181
14.4.4 补气控制 supplys air control ...............................................................182
14.4.5 紧急停机 Emergency stop ..................................................................183
14.4.6 显示 Display .......................................................................................183
14.5 油泵控制系统设备调试及维护 COMMISSIONING AND MAINTENANCE OF OIL PUMP
SYSTEM ..............................................................................................................184
14.5.1 系统调试 System commissioning .......................................................184
14.5.2 系统维修 System maintenance ...........................................................186
14.6 油泵控制系统维护保养 MAINTENANCE OF OIL PUMP SYSTEM .........................187
12
第一章 概 述
Chapter I General Description
水轮机调速系统是水电站中不可缺少的一部分，本说明书主要是针对水轮机调速
系统的水轮机微机调速器、油压装置、漏油箱、油泵控制系统及转速继电器等予以说
明。
The microcomputer-based hudraulic turbine Governor is indispensable part of
hydro power station. This manual focuses on microcomputer-based hudraulic
turbine Governor, oil pressure device ,oil leakage tank ,oil pump control system ,
Tachometric Relay and so on to state.
水轮机微机调速器是本世纪七十年代在电液调速器的基础上发展起来的新型水
轮机调速器。随着计算机技术和控制理论的发展，水轮机调速器技术也不断的发展和
提高，可靠性和调节品质已完全能够满足电厂“无人值班、少人值守”的要求。
The microcomputer-based hudraulic turbine Governor is a new product developed
on the basis of electro-hydraulic Governor in the 1970s'. With the development of
computer technology and control theory, the technology of hudraulic turbine
Governor has been developed and improved constantly; the reliability and
regulating performance have already met the requirements of unmanned operation
completely in power plants.
多年来，我们公司一直致力于水轮机微机调速器技术的开发研制工作，与国内知
名的院校、研究机构紧密合作，博采众长，在调速器领域不断推出可靠性更高、调节
品质更优的产品。我们公司开发生产的 W（Z）T 系列式水轮机微机调速器，克服了
目前调速器存在的一些缺陷，真正实现了断电自保持、全数字化、免维护，可靠性和
调节品质完全满足国标 GB/T9652-2007.2 要求。我们公司生产的调速器已获得多项
国家专利。
Our company has been devoting to the development of microcomputer-based
Governor technology of hudraulic turbines for many years. By cooperating with
famous universities and colleges, research institutions, and learning from each
other, our company has manufactured Governors with optimum reliability and
excellent regulating performance constantly. W(Z)T Series Hydraulic Turbine
13
microcomputer-based Governor overcomes the breakdown that the Governor
exists at present, and is really power cut-off keeping, completely digit and
maintenance-free, its reliability and regulation performance have completely come
up to the national standard GB/T9652-2007.2. The governor developed by
STRONG Company has gained many national patents.
通过多年的努力，我们公司生产的水轮机微机调速器已在白山、西津、富春江、
丰满、陆水、古田溪、八盘峡等国内几百座水电厂上千台机组上成功运行，我们以优
质的产品、一流的服务，赢得了电厂的好评。在此基础上，产品在挪威、土耳其、巴
西、越南、印度、阿富汗等国家多个国家成功投入运行。
With many years efforts, our Hydraulic Turbine microcomputer-based Governors
have been applied successfully to operating on over hundreds units in thousands
of hydraulic power plants all over China, including Baishan, Xijin, Fuchunjiang,
Fengman ,Lushui ,gutianxi, bapanxia etc.We are highly appraised by a great
number of power plants for high-quality product and first-class service. Basing on
this , the products have been successfully put into use in many countries such as
NORWAY. Afghanistan, Macedonian ,Ethiopia and so on
W(Z)T 系列水轮机微机调速器是以进口可编程控制器(PLC)为控制核心，以无油
电转或比例伺服阀作为电液转换环节，以机械液压系统作为执行机构，组成的一种新
型微机调速器。
W(Z)T Series Hydraulic Turbine microcomputer-based governor is a new type of
Hydraulic Turbine governor, with imported programmable logical controller (PLC)
as the control core, oil-free electro-hydraulic transducer or Proportion servo valves
as electro-hydraulic transducer link, and mechanical hydraulic system as actuator.
W(Z)T-AA-BB-SC CD -D2- P 水轮机微机调速器型号的定义如下：
The model of the W(Z)T-AA-BB-SC CD-D2-P Hydraulic Turbine
microcomputer-based governor is defined as follows:
WT： 单调调速器；
WT：Governor for Francis turbine;
WZT：转浆式调速器；
WZT：Governor for Kaplan turbine;
14
AA： 规格代号，对于 WT 单调调速器，表示导叶主配压阀直径（mm），对于
WZT 转桨式调速器，表示导叶主配压阀直径（mm）/轮叶主配压阀直径
（mm），如果导叶和轮叶主配压阀直径相同，轮叶主配压阀直径可不表示。
AA : number of size, as For WT governor for Francis turbine, it represents
the diameter (mm) of wicket gate main distributing valve of wicket gates .
For WZT governor for Kaplan turbine, it represents the diameter (mm) of
main distributing valve of wicket gates/ the diameter (mm) of main
distributing valve of runner blades.If the diameter of the two main
distributing valves are the same, It is not necessary to show the diameter
of main distributing valve for runner blade.
BB： 额定油压代号，主要有以下几种油压等级：2.5Mpa、4.0Mpa、6.3Mpa；
BB： rated oil pressure code.There are main following codes: 2.5Mpa、
4.0Mpa、6.3Mpa；
SC： 制造厂代号，表示武汉四创自动控制技术有限责任公司；
SC: code of the manufacturer, that means Wuhan Strong Automatic Control
Technology Co., Ltd
C： 产品特征代号（电转代号），0 表示步进电机式；1 表示伺服电机式；2 表
示伺服比例阀式；3 表示数字阀式；4 表示步进式双无油电转；5 表示伺服
式双无油电转；6 表示导叶采用无油电转，浆叶采用数字阀式；7 表示双伺
服比例阀式；8 表示伺服比例阀式+无油电转。
C: product characteristic code (electric conversion code), o means
step-by-step motor type; 1 means servo motor type; 2 means servo
proportional valve type; 3 means digital valve type; 4 means step-by-step
double oil free electric conversion type; 5 means servo double oil free
electro-hydralic type; 6 means guide vane adopting oil free
electro-hydralic and runner blades using digital type; 7 means double
proportional servo valve type; 8 means proportional servo valve plus oil
free electro-hydralic type：
D: 产品特征代号（PLC 代号），0 表示三菱 FX2N 系列；1 表示三菱 Q 系列；3
表示施耐德 PREMIUM 系列；4 表示 OMRON 系列；5 表示西门子 S7-200；
15
6 表示西门子 S7-300；7 表示台达系列。
D: product characteristic code (PLC code),0 for Mitsubishi FX2N series; 1 for
Mitsubishi Q series; 3 for Schneider PREMIUM series; 4 for OMRON
series; 5 for Siemens S7-200, 6 for Siemens S7-300; 7 for Taida Series.
D2： 产品特征代号（冗余），D2 表示双 PLC,如果是单 PLC 可省略。
D2: product characteristic code (redundancy); D2 means double PLC , single
PLC can be omitted,
P： 产品特征代号（机组型式），P 表示抽水蓄能型调速器，如果不是可省略。
P: product characteristic code (unit type); p means pump storage governor , if
not ,it can not be omitted.
举例调速器型号为 WZT-80-4.0-SC 00：表示转桨式调速器，导叶和桨叶主配均为
80，油压为 4.0Mpa，制造厂为武汉四创自动控制技术有限责任公司，电液转换器采
用步进式无油电转，控制器采用 FX2N 单 PLC。
Taking WZT-80-4.0-SC 00 for example: it is blade type governor, diameters of
both guide vane and the blade are 80, oil pressure is 4.0Mpa, manufactured by
Wuhan Strong Automatic Control Technology Co., Ltd; step-by-step double oil free
electric conversion type; the controller is FX2N, single PLC;
W(Z)T 水轮机微机调速器具有结构简单可靠、耗油低、油泵起动次数少、油质要
求低、不卡涩、断电后调速器保持接力器当前开度不变、易于操作、人机对话方便的
优点。
The advantages of W(Z)T Series Hydraulic Turbine microcomputer-based
governor are: simple but reliable structure, with a low oil consumption, few starting
times of oil pump, low requirement for oil quality, no occlusion, current opening
holding of servomotor on power cut-off , easy accessibility, and convenient for
human-machine to dialogue.
W(Z)T Series 水轮机微机调速器,以高性能液晶触摸屏作为中文人机界面，可显
示各种数据、状态，进行各种操作、试验、记录、报警、打印、通信等功能。
With LCD touch panel as human-machine interface, W(Z)T
microcomputer-based Governor displays various data, status, and performs
various kinds of operation, test, record, alarm, print and communication functions.
16
第二章 调速器系统结构
Chapter II System Structure of governor
2.1 系统结构框图 Block Diagram of the System Structure
这里以步进式单调调速器为例讲解。 (Here taking step-by-step WT series
governor as example to state.)
+p
+
给定 Ey
+
-+
++
-
比例(P)
+
fE
人工
频率
死区F F＇
电网频率
fn
频率fc
Kf
Kf
频率测量nF
Fc
频率机组
fg KfFg
频率测量
Kp微分(D)
积分(I)
YP
YD
YI
+
KIS
KDS1T+IVS
I
Y
Y
bp
Y
机组功率
Pg Kpgpg
功率测量
Pc功率给定
给定开度
Yc
cpKpg
Kyyc
人工开
度死区
永态差
值环节
+ -
+
-Ep Kp
K
± pc
＇
功率死区P＇ p
+++
＇
Yc±
I
1
开环增量
+-
数
字
放
大
器
+
接力器反馈
导叶
机械
液压
系统-
无油
电液
转换器
电
步进电机反馈
机
计算机通讯模块
进步
力
器
接
上位机
操作终端
触摸式工业平板PC机
有功P机组 导叶水头 步进电
机反馈信号 反馈
A/D模块
开限
L
电气
Ep+
F
ep
系统结构框图
17
Powermeasure
Frequency measure
Frequencyreference
Netfrequency
Unit frequency
Unit power
Powerreference
Openingreference
Unit power
Waterlevelsignal
Stepping motor feedback
Wicket gate feedback
Electric limiter
Ser
vom
otor
Stepping motor
Servomotor
Computer communication module
Upper computer
ep
F
+Ep
L
A/D module
P
Operation terminal touch industry PC
Steppping motor feedback
Oil-
free
elec
tro-h
ydra
ulic
tra
nsdu
cer
-
M
echa
nica
l hy
drau
lic s
yste
m
Wicket gate
+
Digital amplifier
-+
Open loop increment
1
I
± Yc
＇
+++
p＇P
Frequencydead band
＇
pc±
K
KpEp
-
+
-+cyyK
pgKpc
Yc
Pc
gppgKPg
Y
bp
Y
Y
I
SIV+T1SDK
SIK
+
IY
DY
PY
(I)
(D)
pK
Frequency measure
gFfKfg
cF
Fn
fK
fK
fc
fn
＇ FF
Frequencymeasurement
Ef
+
(P)
-
++
+
-
+
Ey
+
p
+
Block diagram of the system structure
2.2 框图说明 Block Diagram Specifications
1．频差 Δf
Frequency DifferenceΔf
1) 油开关合或油开关分但网频不正常或油开关分且跟踪频给时
When the oil switch is shut, or when the oil switch is open with an abnormal
net frequency, or when the oil switch is open with tracking frequency setter.
Δf=fG-fJ
2) 油开关分且网频正常并跟踪网频时
When the oil switch is open with normal net frequency, and net frequency is
traced.
Δf=fW-fJ
3) 频率死区 E（可以设定）
Frequency dead band E (its value can be set)
① 频率调节
18
Frequency regulation E=0
② 功率调节
Opening/Power regulation E=0.2Hz
2．给定与实际差值 Δ
Difference value Δ between Setter and Actual Value
1)频率调节模式
Frequency /Opening regulating mode Δ=YG-YPIG
2)功率调节模式
Power regulating mode Δ=PG-P
3)功率死区 Ep
Power dead band Ep
① 频率调节模式
Frequency/Opening regulating mode Ep=0
②功率调节模式
Power regulating mode Ep=0~5%PN（可调整 Adjustable）
4) 永态转差系数
Permanent speed droop bp
1 频率调节模式
Frequency regulating mode bp=0%
2 开度调节模式
Opening regulating mode bp=0—10％
3 功率调节模式
Power regulating mode bp=0—10％
2.3 系统工作原理 system working principles
整个调节器采用多 CPU 构成模式，每个模块完成不同的任务，结构上采用“积
木”式模块结构，这种将复杂的任务分成多任务的分开处理的方式，提高了系统的可维
护性能及可靠性，不但有利于单个模块“软升级”，还能实现整个调节器系统的“升级”，
并保持了良好的兼容性。
The whole regulator employs types of CPU modules, each of which has different
19
functions, and block module is adopted for the structure. The way that divides
complex missions into different parts makes the system reparable and reliable; it is
not only useful for single soft upgrade but also for the upgrade of the whole
regulator system with good compability.
(1)测频模块由高性能 CPU 构成，完成频率的测量任务，并将机组频率和电网频
率通过通讯总线传输给 PLC，能实现“软升级”。
Frequency module is made of high-quality CPU to measure the frequency and
send unit and net frequency to PLC by communication bus for the software
upgrade.
(2)导叶反馈装置将采集到的导叶开度信号和,有功信号分别送至 A/D 模块，A/D
模块将这些模拟量信号转换成电信号。
Guide vane feedback device send the sampled guide vane opening signals and
active power signals to A/D module,and A/D module transfer these simulation into
digital signals.
(3)由开关量输入模块采集二次的开、停机、增、减等命令。
The switchgear input module collects secondary startup, shutdown, increase and
decrease commands.
(4)以上所有输入信号送至 CPU 模块，由 CPU 按调节规律分析计算出相应的导
叶控制信号及状态信号（包括故障等），送开关量输出模块或模拟量输出模块完成控
制输出和状态输出。
All above input signals will be sent to CPU module, which then will analyze and
calculate corresponding guide vane control signal and status signal (including
failure) according to regulating rule, which then will be sent to switching value
output module or analog output module to complete the control output and status
output.
(5) 若电液转换器采用的是无油电转，则由开关量输出模块按计算控制值输出对应宽
度的开或关脉冲信号，控制无油电转正、反运动，若电液转换器采用的是伺服比例阀，
则由模拟量输出模块按计算控制值控制伺服比例阀，使导叶按照调节规律的要求动
作，并在故障时，动作报警信号。
The switchgear output moduel is to output the digital mechanical hydraulic
20
system’s oil free clockwise and anti-clockwise movemet on the basis of the
corresponding width pulsing open or close signal by calculated control value， If the
electro hydraulic convertor adopts oil free electro-hydraulic tansducer,then
simulation quantity output moduel is used to control the servo valve on calculated
value to make the guide vane acts in the light of regualtion rules and sends signals
when fault happens.
(6)通讯单元负责与上位机通讯，发送或接受上位机的命令。
Communication unit is responsible for the communication with upper computer, and
send or receive commands to or from the upper computer.
(7)液晶触摸屏作为中文人机交互界面，完成调速器的现场操作命令及状态数据显
示等功能，也可通过其通讯接口与远方通讯。
Touchable panel is human-computer interaction interface in Chinese to finish field
operation orders of Governor and status data display, and also to remotely
communicate through connection.
水轮机调节系统是一个本质非线性、时变、非 小相位系统，其控制性能指标与
稳定性一直是人们所关注的问题。随着控制技术的发展，水轮机调速系统的控制规律
也在不断地发展和完善。虽然近年来，自适应控制，变结构时变参数自完善控制，模
型参考多变量 优控制等基于现代控制理论的控制模型和控制方法也被提出并进行
了大量的理论研究，但由于水轮机调速系统是一个时变且存在随机扰动而又相对快速
的控制系统，目前，仍然广泛采用 PID 控制规律。而常规 PID 控制系统需要精确的数
学模型,一般只适用于线性系统，常规的 PID 控制很难得让其具有良好的动态品质。
The hudraulic turbine regulating system whose control index and stability has
attracted more attention of the public is a non-linear, changable and non-min phase
system. The controlling rules of turbine speed regulating system has been
perfecting with the development of controlling technology. Although in recently
years, the study of controlling modes and methods based on modern controlling
system (e.g. Automatic controlling, parameter’s self- perfection when changing
the structure, multi-quantity and best-controlling of modular reference) has begun,
PID controlling principles have also wildely used presently since the turbine
regulating system is a system with variation and compared quick-speed. However,
21
the common PID controlling system needed precise mathematical modes is only
suitable for linearity system whose dynamic quality can not be secured with
common PID.
在这里，我们采用了一种新型 PID 控制器——基本型逻辑控制器,俗称九点控制
器,根据偏差与偏差变化率将实际运行状况抽象成九个工况点（强加、稍加、弱加、微
加、保持、微减、弱减、稍减、强减 9 种工况）,从而给出相应的控制策略进行有效的
控制。其基本思想是控制器根据控制系统的实际运行模式特征,不断地改变或调整控制
决策,以便使控制器本身的控制规律适应于控制系统的需要,获得良好的响应性能。由
于这种控制器产生的控制作用只取决于被控对象的运行工况,因而对相当广泛的被控
对象具有适应性。由于不同的工况点对应不同控制策略,因此又具有适应式变参数变结
构非线性控制的特点。控制算法简单,易于工程应用的实现。对于稳定的控制对象,能
同时得到良好的静态品质和动态品质,即使对于不稳定的被控对象也有镇定调控作用。
因此基本型逻辑控制器适合应用于水轮机调速系统，以改善其特性。
Herein, we adopt a new PID controller ---basic and logical controller (also
called nine-point controller) which can be abstracted into nine operating points
(strong plus, weak plus, plus, little plus, remaining, weak minus, miuns and heavly
minus) to control aoocrding to the tolerance and its changing rate. Its fundamental
principle is to continually change or adjust controlling methods in order to make the
controlling rules of controller itself satisfy the system requests for good capacity
according to the features of controlling system operating modes. As the controller
works only influenced by the operating conditions of controlled objects, it is largely
used by controlled objects. However, different operating points with different
contolling methods, the new controller can change parameter, structure and control
with non-linearity. Simple calculating in controlling makes its engine application
come true. The stable controlled objects can simultaneaously obtain good static
and dynamic qualities, even though it has effects on unstable ones, thus basic and
logical controller can apply to water turbine speed regulating system to improve
performance.
该型调速器具有频率调节、开度调节和功率调节三种控制模式，根据需要可选择
不同的控制模式。这种切换，一是通过操作终端上的触摸键或二次回路接点来完成，
22
二是通过数字通信接口来完成。采用频率调节模式时，又分为跟踪频给和跟踪网频方
式。跟踪网频方式运行时可实现机组频率跟踪电网频率，这样可以保证机组频率与电
网频率相一致，便于并网。当采用功率调节模式时，PI 环节按功率偏差进行调节，实
现机组有功功率恒定。这种方式运行可以很容易实现全厂 AGC（自动发电控制）。对
于功率给定，它一方面作用于 PI 环节，另一方面通过开环控制直接作用于输出，提
高了功率增减速度。功率给定为数字量，适用于上位计算机给定。
电气开限环节是针对 PID 运算结果进行限制，限制输出不超过电气开限。
Governor has frequency regulation, opening regulation and power regulation
three kinds of control modes, which can be chosen according to the practical
needs. The change of them can be done through the touch key on terminal or
secondary circuit contact, or through the digital communication interface.
Frequency regulating mode has tracing frequency and network frequency. The
mode of frequency regulating insures that unit frequency conforms to net frequency
for synchronous operation. Power regulating mode utilizes PI link to regulate units
according to the power difference for the constant output power. It is quite easy to
realize the whole plant AGC (Automatic Generation Control) when units operating
in this mode. Power setter is utilized to regulate units by PI link and, meanwhile,
directly output by open-loop control to improve the increasing and decreasing
speed. The power setter could be digital signal, which is set by upper computers .
Electric limiter link limits the output of PID to make sure output not exceeding
Electric limiter .
数字放大器将 PLC 输出与接力器反馈采集量进行比较放大后输出。对接力器的
控制采用双闭环结构，除接力器反馈外，还有一个电机反馈或比例伺服阀反馈，以控
制无油电转或比例缸精确定位，补偿反向间隙、各种机械误差和磨损等。
Digital amplifier compares the PLC output with the data sampled by
servomotor feedback, amplifies and output. Dual closed loop structure is adopted
for the control of servomotor, besides servomotor feedback, there is a motor
feedback or Proportion servo valve feedback for the control of oil-free
electro-hydraulic transduceror or Proportion cylinder’s accurate loacting, the
compensation of various kinds of mechanical errors and abrasion etc.
23
第三章 调速器系统配置
Chapter III Governor system configuration
调速器系统由电气和机械两大部分组成。柜体结构根据用户要求可选用机械电
气分柜或机械电气合柜结构。
The electric and mechanical parts compose of Governor system. Separate or
united cubicle structure for electric and mechanical parts may be selected
according to the customer’s request.
3.1 电气系统配置 Configuration of the Electrical System
微机采用 PLC，可选双 PLC。
电液转换器可采用比例阀伺服阀、步进电机或伺服电机。
测频采用残压测频，也可选用残压和齿盘双路测频,互为主/备用。
电气反馈可选绝对式编码器、直线位移传感器、电位器等。
人机界面采用液晶触摸屏。
The computer adopts PLC, and dual PLCs also can be selected.
The electro -hydraulic converter is proportional valve、Step-by-step motor and
servomotor motor.
As for frequency measurement, it adopts residual voltage frequency
measurement. Anyhow, double frequency measurements consisting of residual
voltage and tooth-gear also can be selected and they are backup for each other.
The electric feedback can select absolute encoder, linear replacement
transducer and potentiometer etc.
The human -machine interface is LED touchable screener.
3.1.1 硬件配置 Hardware Configuration
1．柜体 Cubicle Body
(1)机电分柜 The separate cubicle of electro-mechanics：
尺寸： 800×600×2260mm
Dimensions：800×600×2260mm
颜色：任选
24
Color：selectable
(2)机电合柜 The united cubicle of electro-mechanics：
尺寸：单调：800×600×1860mm
Dimensions：Single：800×600×1860mm
双调：1200×800×1860mm
Double：1200×800×1860mm
颜色：任选
Color：selectable
2．电源系统 Power Supply System
（1）开关电源 1：+24V 专供继电器及操作终端
Switch1 power supply： +24V which is specialized for relay, operation
terminal.
（2）开关电源 2：+24V 专供驱动器
Switch power supply 2： +24V which is specialized for motor drive.
（3）+12V/+15V 电源供反馈用
+12V/+15V power for feedback
3．面板部分 Panel
操作终端（液晶触摸屏）
Operation terminal (Touchable panel )
4．控制部分 Control part
W(Z)T 系列水轮机微机调速器的控制部分，可根据用户的要求，选用进口的 PLC,
如三菱 Q 系列，西门子 S7-300 系列，施耐德 PREMIUM 系列等。其主要硬件组成由
以下几部分组成，特殊情况可增/减一些模块。
As for the control part of W(Z)T Series Hydraulic Turbine microcomputer-based
governor, imported PLC such as Mitsubishi Q series, Siemens S7-300 series,
Schneider PREMIUM series can be chosen if required by the client. The hardware
is consisted of the following parts which can be increased or decreased according
25
to the real condition.
（1） 电源模块 Power module：
（2）CPU 模块 CPU module
（3）输入扩展模块 Input simplifying module
（4）输出扩展模块 Output simplifying module
（5）AD 模块 AD module
（6）通讯模块 Communication module
（7）电机驱动器或比例阀放大器 Motor driver or proportional valve amplifier
（8）电机或伺服比例阀 Motor or proportional servo valve
3.1.2 软件基本配置 Software Basic Configuration
(1) 并联 PID 调节程序采用基本型逻辑控制器
Paralled connecting PID program adopts basic logical controller。
(2) 实时画面显示、记录及监控软件
Real-time graphic display, note and monitoring software。
(3) 实时故障诊断程序
Real-time breakdown diagnosis program
(4) 双调数字协联子程序
Sub-program of double digital cooperation
(5)机组起停等操作子程序
Operation subroutine such as unit start, stop etc.
3.1.3 功能增强软件配置 Functional strengthen Software Configuration
(1) 与上位机通讯软件
Communication software with upper computer
(2) 功率控制闭环调节软件
Power regulation Software with a closed control loop
26
3.1.4 调试设备及软件（不属于调速器设备内）Equipments and Software for
Debugging (not belong to Governor equipments)
(1) PC
(2)三菱、西门子或施耐德的编程软件
The software programming Mitsubishi, Siemens or Schneider
(3) HG-II 水轮机调速器特性综合测试仪
HG-II Simulation and Testing Instrument of the Hydraulic Turbine
Governor
(4)89C51 单片机编程器
89C51 Single-Chip assembler
3.1.5 试验设备（不属于调速器设备内）Equipments for Test (not included in
Governor equipments)
(1) HG-II 水轮机调速器特性综合测试仪（用于调速器静、动态特性测试）。
HG-II Simulation and Testing Instrument of the Hydraulic Turbine
Governor
(2) PC
3.2 机械系统配置 Mechanical System Configuration
(1)无油电液转换器（带自动复中机构）或比例伺服阀
Step-by-step oil-free electro-hydraulic transducer (with automatic center-return
mechanism) or Proportion servo valves
(2)主配压阀活塞及阀体
Piston and body of main distributing valve
(3)机械手动操作
Mechanical manual operation
(4)紧急停机电磁阀、双连滤油器。
Emergency stop solenoid valve, double oil filter
27
第四章 调速器主要功能及特点
Chapter IV Main Functions and Features of governor
4.1 主要功能 Main Functions
4.1.1 调节与控制功能 Regulation and Control Functions
1． 机组频率、电网频率是采用硬件、软件相结合的测量方法，具有检错及容
错测频功能。机组频率测量采用双路测频，既可残压测频，又可齿盘测频。
Unit frequency and net frequency is measured by integrating hardware
注意 Notes： 温度 周围空气温度不高于+40不低于-5，24h 内其平均温度不
高于+35。 Temperature： the temperature around shall be not higher than +40 and lower than -5 , and the average temperature during 24 hours shall be not more than +35 . 高度 户内安装使用，使用地点海拔高度不超过 2000m。 Height： for inside use purpose, the elevation of place shall not be high than 2000m. 湿度 周围空气相对湿度在 高温度为+40时不超过 50%。在较低温度时
允许有较大的相对湿度。(例如+20时为 90%)应考虑到由于温度的
变化可能会产生凝露的影响。 Humid： the relative humid around shall be not more than 50% when the
highest temperature is +40 and higher humid is allowed if the temperature is lower, for example, the humid can be 90% when the temperature is +20 under which cond ition, the influence of condensing dew formation due to the temperature variation shall be take in to consideration.
撞击 避免柜体遭受任何撞击，避免损坏设备。 Bump： the cabinet shall be protected from any bump. 振动 设备安装在无剧烈震动和冲击的地方。 Vibration： the equipment shall be equipped at the place without violated vibration and impaction. 污染 不要将设备安装在有导电尘埃，腐蚀性气体等污染的环境里。 Pollution： the equipment shall not be equipped at area with conductidust
and corrosive gas.
28
and software, it is diagnostics and breakdown tolerant. The unit
frequency is measured by Two-circuit frequency measurement which
can be measured by residual voltage and tooth-plate.
2． 空载运行时，具有跟踪频给及跟踪网频两种控制方式。在跟踪网频方式下，
机组频率能自动跟踪系统频率。At no Load, there are two types of control
modes： trace frequency setting and trace net frequency. For latter
mode, unit frequency automatically conforms to system frequency.
3． PID调节采用基本型逻辑控制器,根据偏差与偏差变化率将实际运行状况抽
象成九个工况点（强加、稍加、弱加、微加、保持、微减、弱减、稍减、
强减 9 种工况），从而给出相应的控制策略进行有效的控制。PID adopts
basic logical controller which abstract actual operating conditions into 9
operating points (strong plus, weak plus, plus, little plus, remaining,
weak minus, miuns and heavly minus) according to the tolerance and its
variable rate so that efficient control can be done in the light of
corresponding manners.
4． 能保证水轮机组稳定运行于各种工况：空载、区域电网单机运行、大电网
并列调差运行、全厂 AGC 方式运行。Assure units work stably in every
operation conditions： No-load, isolated operation, parallel operation,
AGC operation.
5． 功率给定采用开环控制信道，能迅速、准确地增减机组功率。With open
loop control in power setting regulating, unit output power is increased
and decreased rapidly and accurately.
6． 液晶触摸屏作为中文操作终端，具有实时人机对话功能，运行人员能方便
地了解调速器运行状况。Touchable panel is adopted for real-time
human-machine interface, which makes operators convenient to get
Governor operating condition.
7． 具有实时故障诊断和显示及报警功能，并对所发生的故障进行记录等。
Real-time diagnose, display and alarm, and all breakdowns recorded
8． 具有操作记录功能，以便随时查询。Recording operation for consultant
9． 具有水头、机组功率等模拟信号采集功能。Analog signals sampling
29
function for water head, unit power, etc.
10． 采用闭环开机规律，在开机过程中始终监视机组转速，使水轮机快速、平
滑地达到额定转速。
It addopts closed-loop stratup rules to supervise the unit speed all the
time during startup to make sure water turbine reach rated speed fast
and smoothly.
具有串行通讯接口，能方便与上位机通讯，为实现全厂自动化打下基础。
With serial communication interface, this communicates with upper
computer and realizes plant automatic operation
11． 对于双调机组，能根据水头变化实时进行数字协联，提高发电机组效率。
Double regulating unit can cooperate digits according to water head
change and improve working efficency of motor units.
12． 协联数据输入方便。可离线将协联曲线量化后，通过中文操作终端存入可
编程控制器。It is convenient to input cooperating data and store in the
programmable controller by terminals in Chinese after cooperating
curve’s offline qualification.
13． 能实现功率闭环调节，（机组有功由外部提供）且功率给定为数字量，以便
于与监控系统的计算机连接。Realize power closed loop control (provided
by the ouside if there is power in units), and power setting signals could
be digital for the sake of connection with monitoring system.
14． 具有机械自动、机械手动、电手动三种运行方式。且机械自动与机械手动、
电手动之间可实现无扰动切换，微机能自动跟踪机械手动戓电手动运行，
可实现无条件无扰动、切换。Three types of operation mode： automation
and manual and electric manual, and no perturb switch between them.
With computer automatically traces manual or electric manual operation,
it realizes no warranty and no disturbing switch.
15． 水头信号可以选用自动和手动输入两种方式。
Water head signal may be input automatically or manually.
16． 可进行各种过程监视和实验：动态过程监视、静特性试验、空载频率扰动、
空载频率摆动、甩负荷试验。Different process monitoring and tests：
30
dynamic process monitoring, static characteristics test, no-load
frequency disturbing, no-load frequency swing, load rejection test.
17． 通过中文操作终端进行参数设置。Set parameters by operation terminal in
Chinese.
18． 由于所有输入/输出都实现数字化，所以调试、设置很方便。As input/output
is completely digital, it is easy for debugging and setting.
19． 密码保护功能。不同的工作人员可通过输入密码进入不同的画面操作。
Security function： Different operators access to different interface
operation by unique passwords.
20． 帮助提示及内置式说明书功能。Have help function with integral
instruction
4.1.2 诊断及容错功能 Diagnostics and Tolerance Functions
W(Z)T 型可编程调速器具有较强的诊断和容错功能，它不仅包括 PLC 本身的诊
断，比如 CPU 模块、A/D 模块、通讯模块、脉冲输出模块以及应用软件等的诊断。
而且包括调速系统的测频信号、功率及水头信号、反馈信号及机械系统、通信系统等
诊断及容错，所有故障在操作终端上指示并记录，同时送出综合接点信号。
The W(Z)T Series Hydraulic Turbine Governor is of the function of powerful
Diagnostics and Breakdown Tolerance, which not only includes the diagnostics
function of PLC for CPU module, A/D module, communication module and
application software, but also includes those of governing system for measured
frequency signal, power and water head signal, feedback signal, and of mechanical
system and communication system. All breakdowns are displayed on terminal and
recorded; meanwhile, comprehensive contact signals are sent out.
1．机组频率信号容错 Breakdown tolerance of unit frequency signal
(1)机频信号在空载时发生故障，自动切除频率跟踪功能，导叶开度关到安全的
空载位置，并可接受停机令。In the event of unit frequency signal error with no Load,
it would automatically cut off frequency tracing, and close opening to the safety
no-load position, and be ready to receive stop command.
(2)机频信号在发电运行时发生故障，用电网频率信号取代机频信号，负荷无扰
31
动，如果机频恢复正常则采用机频参与调节，负荷无扰动。In the event of net
frequency signal error in generating case，net frequency signal is used instead of
the unit frequency signal, without load disturbing, if unit frequency returns to normal,
it would join to help regulate, without load disturbing.
(3)机频信号、网频信号在发电运行时全部故障，调速器维持负荷不变，可以通
过功率给定或增减操作来调整机组出力。In the event of unit frequency and net
frequency signal errors in generation case, Governor would maintain the current
load, and regulate units output by power setter or increasing/decreasing operation.
(4)双路测频。残压测频和齿轮测频互为备用。在两种测频均正常的情况下，机
组频率大于 20HZ 时自动采用残压测频，机组频率小于等于 20HZ 时自动采用齿轮测
频。当残压测频故障时自动切为齿轮测频，当齿轮测频故障时，自动切为残压测频。
Two-curcuit frequency measurement： Residual voltage and gear frequency
measurements are supplement with each other. Normally, residual volatage
frequency measurement will be adopted automatically if units frequency is higher
than 20HZ, otherwise, it will be gear frequency measurement. If residual voltage
requency measurement has broken, the other one will be used automacally, vice
versa.
2．电网频率信号容错 Breakdown tolerance of net frequency signal
在空载时，网频信号故障，自动处于不跟踪方式运行，使机组频率跟踪频率给定。
在发电运行时，网频不参与调节。In the case of net frequency signal error at No Load,
it would automatically track frequency setter. In generation operation, net frequency
would not join regulation.
3．导叶反馈故障、电机反馈故障或驱动模块故障时，接力器维持当前开度不变。
如需要可以切到机械手动。In the case of guide vane feedback error, motor feedback
error, or driver module error, make servomotor maintain the current opening. And
switch to mechanical manual if needed.
4．功率信号故障时，调速器不完成功率闭环调节，自动切至频率开度调节模式，
可以通过上位机或常规操作控制机组出力。In the case of power signal error,
Governor would not perform power closed loop regulation, it would automatically
switch to opening regulating mode, and control units output by upper computers or
32
regular control.
5．水头信号故障时，维持当时水头值，等待水头切手动命令。If any error occurs
at water head signal, it would maintain the current water head value, and wait to be
switched to manual command.
6．PLC 系统故障时，接力器维持当前开度不变。如需要可以切到机械手动。In the
case of PLC system error, and made servo motor maintain the current opening.
Switch to mechanical manual if needed.
7．操作终端故障时，PLC 仍能完成各种控制功能，如开机、停机、负荷增减、
故障保护等功能。Even if error occurs at operation terminal, PLC performs the
control functions, for instance, start, stop, load increase/decrease, breakdown
protection, etc
8．当交、直流电源同时断电时，机械液压系统自动复中零位，保持接力器当前
位置不变。When A/C, D/C breaks simultaneaously, mechanical hydraulic system
will become zero automatically and no change to servometer.
9．双联滤油器采用两组折叠式不锈钢滤网，一组工作，一组备用，可在运行中
切换、清洗，切换无扰动。Twin filter is made of two sets of foldable and stainless
meshes： one for working and the other for spare, and both can be converted and
cleaned in operation without disturbance.
4.1.3 开发调试功能 Developing and Debugging Functions
（1）PLC 具有极强的开发调试功能。PLC is extremely specialized for
developing and debugging.
（2）编程软件提供多种人机对话界面，给用户开发调试提供了极大的方便。
software Programming provides various man-machine interfaces, with which it
is quite convenient for users to develop and debug.
（3）梯形图程序便于用户掌握。Ladder diagram makes it easy for user to
master.
（4）操作终端可方便地做各种试验，并记录曲线。It is convient to equip and
record on the terminal
33
4.2 主要特点 Main Features
1． 调节性能优越 Better regulating performance
PID 调节采用基本型逻辑控制器，使调速器应用于不同的机组和同一机组的不同
工况都能取得良好的控制效果，各种性能指标达到或优于国家 GB9652-2007 标准。
ID regulator adopts basic-logical controller which makes Governor used in different
units and different operating in the same unit with well controlling results. And its
functions have met or excelled the national standard GB9652-2007.
2． 可靠性高 High reliability
采用可编程控制器作为调速器硬件的主体，而可编程控制器的平均无故障时间不
小于 30 万小时，故大大提高了其运行的可靠性。电液转换器具有自动复中定位装置，
交、直流电源同时断电时，接力器可保持当前开度不变。
The body of Governor hareware is the programmable controller of Q Series
from MITSUBISHI, and its zero breakdown in more than 300,000 hours (on
average) makes operation reliable.Electro-hydraulic transducer has automatic reset
position device , the servomotor can keep current opening when D/C and A/C
break at the same time.
3． 全数字化 Digitalization
调速器实现了全数字化，为数据的处理、滤波、放大、抗干扰能力的提高等起到
了很好的作用。采用乒乓式数字模糊控制策略，完成电液转换器绝对位置的闭环定位
控制。
Governor is digitalization, which improves data processing, filtering, amplifying
and anti-interference capacities. Closed-loop positioning control of
electro-hydraulic transducer absolute postion can be realized by the way of
pingpang-digital and opaque controlling.
4． 抗干扰能力强 Strong anti-interference capacity
由于 PLC 可编程控制器采用工业标准设计。加之应用软件具有自诊断、容错功
能，使调速器抗干扰能力适应电厂现场环境。
The PLC depending on industrial standards and application software has the
function of self-diagnosis and breakdown tolerance, thus Governor has the
anti-interference ability to withstand extreme circumstances in power plant.
34
5．通用性强。可以适用于各种不同类型、不同容量的水轮机的控制与调节。
Flexibility：It can be applied to control and regulate various types and capacities of
hydraulic turbines.
6．功能强。具有常规控制和上位机控制功能，除能实现开机、停机等常规操作
外，还兼具各种调试、试验功能，与远方通讯实现数字通讯等。Powerful： It establishes
normal control and upper computer control; including start, stop operation, etc.
Furthermore, it establishes functions for debugging, test, and remote
communication, etc.
7．人机对话方便。运行人员可以通过工业级触摸屏实时了解调速器运行情况。
Convenient human-machine dialogue. Operator can know the real-time operation
situation of the Governor by industrial-class Touched LCD.
8．扩展功能强。根据电厂需要可以增加特有的功能。仅在原有系统上增加相应
硬件及软件，原系统不用作大的改动。Strong function for expanding： Special
function may be added if power plant needs. Only need to add corresponding
hardware and software into the original system by not making large change to
original system.
9．测试性、维修性和可用性都比传统的调速器提高了一个档次，安装、调试、
维护及使用方便。Its test, maintenance and use are better than traditional one with
easier installation, adjustment and maintenanceis.
35
第五章 调速器主要技术数据及性能指标
Chapter V Main Technical Data and Performance Index of
governor
5.1 主要技术数据 Main Technical Data
1．测频环节 Frequency Measurement
(1)方式：残压测频(可选残压和齿盘冗余测频)
(2)输入电压：残压：0.3V—200V，齿盘：24V 脉冲信号
(3)脉冲调制时间：1~20ms
(4)测试范围：5~100Hz
(5)测量精度：<0.0015Hz
(1)Mode： residual voltage and tooth-plate frequency measurement
(2)Input voltage： remanent voltage： 0.3V~200V, tooth-plate： 24V pulse
signal
(3)Pulse modulation time：1~20mSec
(4)Frequency Test range： 5~100Hz
(5)Frequency Test precision： ＜0.0015Hz
2．调节参数整定范围 Setting Range of Regulating Parameters
永态转差系数： bp=0~10% (分辨率 1%)
暂态转差系数： bt =0~200% (分辨率 1%)
缓冲时间常数： Td=1~20 秒 (分辨率 1 秒)
加速度时间常数：Tn=0~3 秒 (分辨率 0.1 秒)
对于采用 KP、KI、KD 的调速器，其参数整定范围如下：
比例：KP=0~20.00
积分：KI=0.5~10.00
微分：KD=0~5.00
Permanent speed droop： pb =0~10% (resolution： 1%)
36
Temporary speed droop： tb =1~200% (resolution： 1%)
Damping time constant： dT =1~20sec (resolution： 1s)
Derivative time constant： nT =0~3sec (resolution： 0.1s)
For the governor adopted KP, KI,KD , the setting range of regulating
Parametres is as follwing :
Proportion: KP=0~20.00
Integral: KI=0.5~10.00
Differential: KD=0~5.00
3．控制参数范围 Control Parameter Range
开度给定 PG=0~100% (分辨率 1%)
频率给定 FG=45~55Hz (分辨率 0.01Hz)
人工失灵区宽度 E=0~±0.5Hz (分辨率 0.01Hz)
功率死区 Ep=0~5%PN
开度限制 L=0~100% (分辨率 1%)
功率给定 P=0~120% PN
Opening setter GP =0~100% (resolution： 1%)
Frequency setter GF =45~55Hz (resolution： 0.01Hz)
Artificial frequency dead band range E =0~±0.5Hz (resolution： 0.01Hz)
Power dead band pE =0~5% NP
Opening limiter L =0~100% (resolution： 1%)
Power setter P=0~120% PN
4． PLC 运算速度 PLC Operation Rate
基本指令：0.034μS/指令
Basic command： 0.034μS/command
5． 电机及伺服比例阀参数 Parameter of Motor and proportional servo valve
（1）步进电机参数
37
步进电机型号及生产厂家：
步进电机型号：103H8222
生产厂家：日本三洋公司
二相步进电机： 2A/相
保持力矩： 4.9N·M
Parameter of Step-by-step motor
Step-by-step motor model and manufacturer：
Model No：103H8222
Manufacturer： Japan Sanyo Corporation
Two-phase step-by-step motor： 2A/Phase
Holding torque： 4.9N·M
（2）伺服电机参数
伺服电机型号及生产厂家：
伺服电机型号：34S42
生产厂家：德国 Kinco 公司
保持力矩： 3.5N·M
Parameter of servomotor motor
servomotor model and manufacturer：
Model No：34S42
Manufacturer： Germany Kinco Corporation
Holding torque： 3.5N·M
（3）伺服比例阀参数/Proportional servo valve parameters
伺服比例阀型号及生产厂家：
伺服比例阀型号： 0811
通径： 6
结构： 板式结构
控制电压：DC24V
Pmax=315 bar
38
公称流量 Qnom=40L/min（阀口压降 ΔP=35bar）
泄漏（100bar 时）：1.1L/min
电磁铁电流：max. 2.7A
(1) 线圈电阻： 2.5Ω
(2) 功率消耗：max. 25VA
(3) 大流量误差：<10%
(4) 重复精度：<0.1%
(5) 滞环：<0.2%
(6) 响应时间(0~100%)：<10ms
(7) 温度漂移：温差变化 40时零点漂移<1%
Type and manufacturer：
Type: 0811
Diameter: 6
Structuer: Plate structure
Control voltage: DC24V
Pmax=315 bar
Norminal flow Qnom=40L/min(valve port pressure ΔP=35ba)
Leakage(100bar/H): 1.1L/min
Magnetic current: max. 2.7A
（1）Wiring resistance: 2.5Ω
（2）Power consumption: max. 25VA
（3）Max flow tolerance: <10%
（4）Repeat accurancy: <0.1%
（5）Dead band: <0.2%
（6）Responding time(0~100%)：<10ms
（7）Temperature float: zero float <1% when temperature difference larger
than 40
6．电源 Power
(1)厂用交流电源： 50Hz，220V±15%，<550 伏安
39
Plant AC power supply： 50Hz，220V±15%，<550VA
(2)厂用直流电源： 220V（或 110V）±15%，<520 瓦
Plant DC power supply： 220V（or 110V）±15%，<520W
5.2 主要性能指标 Main Performance Index
1、动、静态指标
1、Dynamic and static indexes
空载工况自动运行时，机组转速摆动相对值，对大型调速器≤±0.15%，对中小型
调速器≤±0.25%，对特小型调速器≤±0.3%
When the governor is automatically operating at no-load condition, the relative
values of speed swing of unit:≤±0.15% for large governors; ≤±0.25% for mid-small
governors; ≤±0.3% for mini-governors.
机组甩 100%额定负荷后，在转速变化过程中，超过稳态转速 3%额定转速值以上
的波峰不超过两次。
After 100% rated load rejection, the wave peaks surpassing 3% rates speed
shall be no more than 2 .
从机组甩负荷时起，至机组转速相对偏差小于±1%为止的调节时间 Et 与从甩负荷
开始至转速升至 高转速所经历的时间 Mt 的比值，对中、低水头反击式水轮机不大于
8，桨叶关闭时间较长的轴流转桨式水轮机不大于 12；对高水头反击式水轮机和冲击
式水轮机应不于 15；对从电网解列后给电厂供电的机组，甩负荷后机组的 低相对
转速不低于 0.9（投入浪涌控制及桨叶关闭时间较长的贯流式机组除外）。
The specific value between the regulating time Et of the units from load
rejection to speed relative deviation less than ±1% and Mt which counting from
load rejection to speed raising to the top speed less than 8 for middle,low water
head pressure turbine , for axial flow turbine whose closing time is long less than
12,for high water head pressure turbine and impulse water turbine less than 15, for
the uints which supply power to power station after network splitting, the lowest
relative speed no less than 0.9 after load rejection. ( tubular turbine whose surge
control and blade closing time is long is not included)
40
转速或指令信号按规定形式变化，接力器不动时间≤0.2S
The speed or command signals are changed by the stipulated forms, and the
servomotor dead time is ≤0.2S.
静态特性曲线近似为一直线，转速死区 ix，对大型调速器≤0.02%，对中型调速
器≤0.06%，对小型调速器≤0.10%，对特小型调速器≤0.20%，
The static characteristic curve is close to a line; and the speed dead band, is
≤0.02% for large governor, ≤0.06% for middle governor, ≤0.10% for small
governor, ≤0.20% for mini-governor.
转桨式水轮机调速系统，转叶随动系统的不准确度≤0.8%，实测协联曲线与理论
协联关系曲线的偏差不大于桨叶接力器全行程的 1%。
For Kaplan turbine governor system, the inaccuracy of runner blade servo
system shall be no more than 0.8%; and the deviation between actual coordinating
curve and theoretical coordinating curve shall be mo more than 1% of the total
stroke of the runner blade servomotor.
在稳态工况下，对多喷嘴冲击式水轮机的任何两喷针之间的位置差，在整个范围
内均≤1%，每个喷针位置对所有喷针位置平均值的偏差≤0.5%
Under steady state operation, for multi-needle Pelton turbine, the position
tolerance between needles shall be no more than 1% in the whole scope, and the
tolerances between every needle opening and average value of all needles
openings shall be ≤0.5%.
对每个导叶单独控制的水泵水轮机，任何两个导叶接力器位置的偏差≤1%；每个
导叶接力器位置对所有导叶接力器位置平均值的偏差≤0.5%.
For the pumped storage units whose wicket gate is individually controlled, the
position tolerance bewteen any wicket gate servomotors shall be no more than
≤1%; and the tolerances between every wicket gate servomotor opening and
average value of all wicket gate servomotors openings shall be ≤0.5%.
大型和中小型调速器综合漂移量折算为转速相对值分别不超过 0.3%和 0.6%
The comprehensive drift of large and mid-small governors converted into
relative values of the speed shall be no more than 0.3% and 0.6% respectively.
41
第六章 调速器硬件构成
Chapter VI Hardware Configuration
6.1 PLC 硬件配置 PLC Hardware configuration
W(Z)T 系列水轮机微机调速器的控制部分，可根据用户的要求，可选用一些知
名厂家的 PLC,如三菱 Q 系列，西门子 S7-300 系列，施耐德 PREMIUM 系列等。其
主要硬件组成由以下几部分组成，特殊情况可增/减一些模块，各种系列的 PLC 的特
点如下：
As for the control part of W(Z)T Series Hydraulic Turbine microcomputer-based
governor, PLC of famous manufacturer such as Mitsubishi Q series, Siemens
S7-300 series, Schneider PREMIUM series can be chosen if required by the client.
The hardware is consisted of the following parts which can be increased or
decreased according to the real condition. Features of different types of PLC are:
6.1.1 日本三菱 Q 系列 PLC Japanese Mitsubishi Q series PLC
可编程控制器选用日本三菱公司生产的高性能 Q 系列 PLC，全部为标准化模块
式结构，所有模块均直接安装在标准的 SYSTEM—BUS 总线上。各模块均有自己的
微处理器，完成各自特定的功能，CPU 模块仅完成逻辑判断与 PID 运算；输入、输
出、开度采样等工作由各自单独模块完成，各处理器并行工作，速度快，扩展、升级
容易。
Japanese Mitsubishi high performance Q series PLC uses standardized module
structuere and all modules can be installed on the standard SYSTEM—BUS
directly. What’ more, all modules equips with individual processor with specific
fucntions, CPU module can finish its logic judgement and PID calculation, input,
output, opening sampling ect can be done via their own module with high speed,
easy extension and uppgrading features.
调节器的控制部分由日本三菱 Q 系列组成，主要配置如下：
The control part of the regualtor is consisted of Mitusbishi Q series and main
configuratios are as following:
42
名称 name 型号 size 数量quantity
生产厂家manufacturer
备注remark
CPU 模块 CPU module Q01CPU 1 日本三菱
Mitsubishi
输入模块 Input mpdule QX40-S1 1 日本三菱
Mitsubishi
输出模块 Output module QY40P 1 日本三菱
Mitsubishi
A/D 模块 A/D module Q68ADU 1 日本三菱
Mitsubishi
通讯模块 Communication
module QJT1C24-R2 1 日本三菱
Mitsubishi
电源 Power supply Q63P 1 日本三菱
Mitsubishi
主基板 Main basic
plate Q35B 1 日本三菱
Mitsubishi
6.1.2.S7-300 系列 PLC S7-300 Series PLC
可编程控制器选用西门子 S7-300 系列，它是 SIEMENS PLC 家族中 新的超
高速的一体化紧凑型 PLC。具有如下优点： 大范围的包容了标准特点、程序执行更
快、全面补充了通讯功能、适合全世界各国不同的电源以及满足单个需要的大量特殊
功能模块，可以为工厂自动化提供 大的灵活性和控制能力。编程电缆只需要标准的
USB 线缆，使用快捷方便。SIMATIC S7-300 可编程控制器是模块化结构设计,各种
单独的模块之间可进行广泛组合以用于扩展。SIMATIC S7-300 的大量功能可支持和
帮助用户进行编程、启动和维护 。
Siemens S7-300 PLC is the latest, highest and speed integrated one. Its
advatages are: integrated standard ones characters at the largest extent, quicker
progess execution, fully complementary of communication functionm suitable for
different power supply all over the world, a lot of modules with special functions,
making the power plant automation with most flexibility and control capability. The
standard programme cable is convenient and quick. SIMATIC S7-300 programme
controller is with module structure design, modules can be combined extendingly
for the extension for purpose. SIMATIC S7-300’ functions can help and support
users program, start up and maintenance.
43
调节器的控制部分由西门子 S7-300 系列组成，主要配置如下：
The control part of the regualtor is consisted of Siemens S7-300 series and main
configuratios are as following:
名称 name 型号 size 数量quantity
生产厂家manufacturer
备注remark
CPU 模块 CPU module 6ES7313-6CF03-0AB0 1 西门子
Siemens
输入模块 Input mpdule 6ES7321-1BH02-0AA0 1 西门子
Siemens
输出模块 Output module 6ES7332-5HB01-0AB0 1 西门子
Siemens
A/D 模块 A/D module 6ES7331-7HF01-0AB0 1 西门子
Siemens
通讯模块 Communication
module 6ES7340-1CH02-0AE0 1
西门子 Siemens
导轨 Guide rail 6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0 1 西门子
Siemens
6.1.3 Modicon TSX Premium 系列 PLC / Modicon TSX Premium Series PLC
可编程控制器选用法国施耐德公司生产的高性能 32 位 Modicon TSX Premium
系列 PLC，全部为标准化模块式结构，所有模块均直接安装在标准的 BUS X 总线上，
多任务操作，可带电拔插，内部 RAM 可达 48K，单步指令执行时间 0.31uS。各模块
均有自己的微处理器，完成各自特定的功能，CPU 模块仅完成逻辑判断与 PID 运算；
输入、输出、开度采样等工作由各自单独模块完成，各处理器并行工作，速度快，扩
展、升级容易；编程语言符合 PLC 标准 IEC1131；储存容量和输入、输出接口都留
有 25%以上的余量；设有二个通讯接口，该通讯接口与机组 LCU 的 I/O 接口构成双
重化，并为其备用。微处理器配备足够容量的内存储器，以容纳各种系统软件和应用
软件，并留足不少于 100%的扩展容量；内存储器采用 FLASH ROM，并提供可替换
备用内存储器。
The selected PLC is Schneider high performance Modicon TSX Premium serial
with 32 digits. All is standardzied structure and installed on the standard BUS X
directly. It is multi-mission operations, draw with power on, internal RAM at 48k
max, single order execution time 0.31uS. What’ more, all modules equips with
44
individual processor with specific fucntions, CPU module can finish its logic
judgement and PID calculation, input, output, opening sampling ect. can be done
via their own module with high speed, easy extension and upgrading features.
The programing language compies with IEC1131 standard. More than 25% margin
has been reserved for storage capacity, input and output interfaces. Two
communication interfaces has been set and are backup each other, which are
connected with unit LCU I/O interface. The processor equips with enough internal
storage for different kinds of system and application softwares, more than 100%
extenstion capacity has been reserved. The internal capacity use FLASH ROM and
backup storage for repalcement also can be replaced.
调节器的控制部分由 Modicon TSX Premium 系列 PLC 组成，主要配置如下：
The control part of the regualtor is consisted of Modicon TSX Premium series and
main configuratios are as following:
6.2 操作终端 operating terminal
非专业人员不能随意操作和修改参数.
Non-professionals shall not operate or modify the parameter at
名称 name 型号 size 生产厂家manufacturer 备注 remark
CPU 模块 CPU module TSX57103M 施耐德
Schneider
输入模块 Input mpdule TSXDEY16D2 施耐德
Schneider
输出模块 Output module TSXDSY08T2 施耐德
Schneider
高速 A/D 模块 High speed A/D module TSXAEY420 施耐德
Schneider 4 路高速相互隔
离的采样通道
通讯模块 Communication module TSXSCP114 施耐德
Schneider MODBUS 通讯
（RS485） PLC 电源
PLC power supply TSXPSY1610M 施耐德 Schneider
背板 Rear plate TSXRKY6 施耐德
Schneider
45
random.
操作终端以选用液晶触摸屏为例。操作终端作为人机界面的操作、显示、参数设
置、试验等功能详细请见《操作终端说明书》。Operating terminal adopts Touchable
panel. For the details of functions (operating, displaying, parameter setting and
testing of the man-machine interface), please see << operating terminal instruction
>>.
与上位机的通讯也可由操作终端实现。我公司提供具体通讯规约。 It can
communicate with upstream computer by the terminal. Furthermore, our company
can provide specified communication regulation.
6.3 电液转换器部分 Electro-hydraulic tranducer part
W(Z)T 系列水轮机微机调速器的电液转换器部分，也可根据用户的要求，采用
步进电机、伺服电机或者比例伺服阀，其各功能特点如下：
The elctro-hydraulic convertor part of W(Z)T Hydraulic Turbine
microcomputer-based governor also can use step motor, servo motor or
proportional servo motor. And their functions are as following:
6.3.1 步进电机及驱动模块 Step-by-step motor and Step-by-step motor driver
module
(一)步进电机驱动模块选用日本 ROZE 公司生产的高质量的步进电机驱动模块
RD—323MS，内装振荡器实现细分步驱动，为保护细分步运行，可从低速到高速驱
动，3A/相高输出、高频率，采用铝镁合金外壳，抗干扰，散热好。采用自动电流降
电路。其性能见下表：
Step-by-step motor driver module is selected from stepping motor driver
module RD-323MS produced by Japan RORZE Corporation, which has oscillator
to realize microsteps drive，for protecting microsteps operation，may drive from
slow speed to high speed，3A/phase high output、high frequency，adopt enclosure
of aluminum magnesium alloy，anti-interference，high heat emission. Automatic
current down circuit is adopted.The performance is shown as follows： 性能 Performance
46
型号
Model RD—323MS
电源电压
Power supply voltage
DC18V—40V（绝对 大额定电流 40V）
DC18V~40V (absolute maximum rated current 40V)
电源电流
Power supply current
相当额定电流 1.2 倍（ 大）
Approx. 1.2 times rated coil current of motor (max.)
励磁电流
Excitation current
0.3—3.0A/相
0.3~3.0A/phase
驱动方式
Driver method
特殊单极恒流斩波电路
Unipolar, constant current chopper method
细分数 microsteps
将基本步 1—80 细分
※设定可能的分割数（14 种类）
1 to 80 pulses output per basic step angle
set selectable microsteps※ （14 kinds）
64、32、16、8、4、2、1
80、60、20、10、5
50、25
自动降电流
Auto. current down
停止脉冲输入后 0.3 秒由 CURRENT STOP 旋钮设定将
电流变为动作时电流的 0—80%
0 to 80% of the run current after about 0.3 seconds of
inactivity according to stop current setting
响应频率
Oscillating frequency
600KppsMAX(SPEED 输入=5V 时)
600 kpps max. (SPEED input=5V)
保护电路
Protective circuitry
电流电压低下保护、电机误接保护、过热保护
Overheat, over current and low supply voltage
protection
外形尺寸
Outside dimensions 63(M)×105(W)×56(D)mm
重量 Weight 250g
步进电机驱动器用于驱动步进电机，其电源为直流 24V。步进电机驱动器电源可
通过切手动继电器切除或投入。
47
The step-by-step motor driver is used for driving step motor. The power is DC
24v and cut or used by manual relay.
通过驱动器面板旋钮可调整电机速度、启动时间、运行电流、停止电流、细分数
和驱动电流等级等。请见接线图、外形尺寸图、电路图。
Motor speed, starting time, running current, shutdown current, segmental
number and driving current etc. can be adjusted by the button on driver panel.
Please refer wiring figure, external dimension and circuit diagram.
步进电机驱动器可分高速和低速两档，当 SPEED 端子与步进电机驱动器电源地
短接，步进电机以低速运行，否则以高速运行，高速运行速度由输入到 SPEED 端的
电压确定，其电压在 0~5V 范围内变化时，旋转频率可以在 LOW SPEED 至 HIGH
SPEED 设定的频率内变化。
There are two types -- high and low speed step-by -step motor drivers. When
speed terminal shortly connect with the power of step-by –step motor driver, the
motor will run with low speed. Otherwise, high speed. High running speed depends
on voltage input to SPEED terminal. If the voltage changes in 0-5v, rotational
48
frequency changes in the frequency set from LOW SPEED to HIGH SPEED.
步进电机启/停是通过驱动器 STOP/START 控制信号控制，当 STOP/START 控
制信号为低电平时步进电机启动，否则步进电机停止。
Step-by –step motor on/off is controlled by STOP/START controlling signals
from the driver. Step-by –step motor starts when STOP/START controlling signals
is at low level; otherwise, it shuts down.
步进电机正转/反转是通过驱动器 CW/CCW 控制信号控制，当 CW/CCW 控制信
号为低电平时步进电机逆时针旋转，否则步进电机反转。
Step-by –step motor clockwise/reverse is controlled by CW/CCW controlling
signals from the driver. Step-by –step motor starts when CW/CCW controlling
signals are in counter clockwise rotation; otherwise, it reverses.
GROW OUT 输出端口：步进电机从停止到 HIGH SPEED 设定转速的加速过程
中，本信号输出低电平，因此，利用 GROW OUT 输出低电平时的脉冲数，可以计算
出减速时间。
GROW OUT output port： During accerlerating from stop to HIGH SPEED
setting of step-by –step motor, the signal output with low level. Thus, decreasing
time can be calculated by pulses from GROW OUT outputting low level.
CLOCK OUT 输出端口：时钟脉冲输出端。驱动器本身可通过 DIP 开关选择在电
机基本步距角脉冲。
GROW OUT output port： clock impulsing output port. The driver itself can
choose basic step elongation pulse by DIP switch.
ALARM 输出端口：驱动器在约 70时过热保护电路启动，ALARM 输出变低电
平，同时电机停转，驱动器自动电流抑制电路启动，PLC 切除驱动器电源。
ALARM output port： when it is 70 , over heat protection circuit in the driver
will be started, ALARM output becomes low level; meanwhile, the motor stops, its
auto-current resists current startup, and PLC cuts driver power.
ALARM LED：过热保护电路工作时灯亮，并输出报警信号。
ALARM LED： over heat protection circuit turns on when working and output
alarm signal.
电压低下保护电路：电源电压约 17V 以下时励磁电流 OFF。
49
Protecting circuit againt low voltage： exciting current is off when power
voltage is lower than 17v.
驱动器输出到步进电机的控制线为 A,/A,B,/B,CA,CB 六根线，其中 A,/A,CA 是步
进电机 A 相线圈，B,/B,CB 是步进电机 B 相线圈。这里所用步进电机为两相步进电机，
每相电流为 2A。
step-by –step motor controlling line output by the driver are A,/A,B,/B,CA,CB,
among which A, /A,CA are A phase lines of step-by –step motor; B,/B,CB are B
phase lines. Herein, step-by –step motor is the 2 phase one, and the current of
each phase is 2A.
步进电机驱动器有五个调整电位器和一组拨码开关可用于驱动器的调整。
Step-by –step motor driver has five adjusting potentiometer and a set of code
dialing switch for driver adjusting.
五个调整电位器分别如下 Five adjusting potentiometers are：
（1） 低速调整电位器 LOW SPEED：用于调整步进电机低速时的转速
Low-speed adjusting potentiometer： for speed adjusting when step-by
–step motor is at low speed。
（2） 高速调整电位器 HIGH SPEED：用于调整步进电机高速时的转速
High-speed adjusting potentiometer： for speed adjusting when step-by
–step motor is at high speed。
（3） 加速时间调整电位器 GROW TIME：此电位器用于调整转速上升时间 Time
acceleration adjusting potentiometer GROW TIME： used for adjusting
speed rising time。
（4） 运行电流调整电位器 RUN CURRENT：用于调整步进电机运行时的电流
Running current adjusting potentiometer RUN CURRENT： used for
current adjusting of running step-by –step motor。
（5） 停止电流调整电位器 STOP CURRENT：用于调整步进电机停止时的电流
stopping current adjusting potentiometerSTOP CURRENT： for current
adjusting of stop step-by –step motor。
拨码开关设置 Setting of code dialing swirch：
（1） 细分数输出脉冲切换（DIVISION）开关：D1,D2,D3,D4,D5。步进电机每
50
步细分数可设为：1,5,25,50,64,80。设置表格如下
Segmental number output impulse converting （DIVISION）switches： D1,
D2, D3, D4, and D5. Every segmental number of stop step-by –step motor may
set as 1,5,25,50,64,80. the setting table is： 细分数 Segmental Number 开关
Switch 5 80 1 64 25 50
D1 0 0 0 0 1 0
D2 1 1 1 0 0 0
D3 1 0 1 0 1 1
D4 0 0 1 1 0 0
D5 1 1 0 0 0 0
（2） 励磁电流设置开关：步进电机每相电流可设置为 3A 和 1.5A。开关设为“0”
时选择 3A，设为“1”时选择 1.5A。
Switch setting of exciting current： every phase current of step-by –step motor
may be 3A and 1.5A。When the switchgear is “0”, please select 3 A, “1” for
1.5A.
（二）步进电机选用日本三洋公司生产的二相步进电机 103H8222，其具体特性
如下表：
The Step-by -step motor is chosen from 103H8222 step-by-step motor
produced by Japan Sanyo Corporation, the concrete characteristics are shown
below.
项目 Item 说明 Specifications
绝缘介质强度 Dielectric strength 1000VAC
绝缘电阻 Insulation resistance 100MΩ（500VDC）
绝缘等级 Insulation type B 级 B type
允许的径向负载 Allowable radial load 220N
允许的轴向负载 Allowable thrust load 60N
基本步进角 Basic step angle 1.8o
电压 Voltage 2.8V
每相电流 Current 2A/相 2A/phase
51
每相电阻 Resistance 0.7Ω/相 0.7Ωphase
感抗 Inductance 5.7mH/相 5.7mH/phase
保持力矩 Holding torque 4.9N·M（50kgƒ·cm）
转动惯量 Rotor inertia 2.9 10-4kg·m2
质量 Mass 2.5kg
6.3.2 伺服电机及驱动模块 servo motor and driver module
电机驱动模块选用德国 Kinco 公司生产的高质量的伺服驱动器 ECOSTEP100，
电机选用德国 Kinco 公司 23S41 伺服电机。
The motor driven modules adopts high quality servo driver ECOSTEP100 by
Gemany Kinco, and the motor is servo 23S41 also from Kinco.
伺服驱动器 ECOSTEP100 特点如下：
Features of AC servo driver ECOSTEP100 are as following:
（1） 长期运行时，电机不发热，适合调频调峰水轮发电机组的调速器使用；
If running for a long term, the motor will not feel hot, suitble for
governor used in frequency and summit regulation turbine units.
（2） 具有静态振荡功能，使电机始终处于一种即刻起动的状态，以提高伺
服电机的动态响应速度。
Static vibration function: making the motor startup promptly so that
dynamic respond speed of servo motor has been improved.
（3） 可连接多种现场总线：CANopen、profibus DP、RS485。
Connected with several site bues: CANopen、profibus DP、RS485
（4） 电流、速度和位置数字化控制。
Digitalized control of current, speed and position
（5） 可编程控制的数字输入输出。
Programmable controlled digit input and output
（6） 抱闸的智能化控制。
Intelligent gate close control
（7） 紧凑的安装尺寸。
Compact installation dimension
52
（8） 低可采用直流 24V 供电。
24V DC at lowest
基本功能 Basic functions：
（1） 全数字化的速度和位置控制功能，并提供位置、速度和扭矩的限制控
制功能。
Digitalized speed and postion control, and limit control of position,
speed and torque.
（2） 可监控电机短路、电压和温度过高、编码器信号错误、位置跟踪误差
过大以及 I2t 过大等故障。
To monitor whether the motor breaks, voltage and temperatures are
overhigh, encoder signal is wrong, position tracing tolerance and I2t
over large or not etc.
（3） 可通过 RS232、RS485、PROFIBUS 或者 CAN 通讯接口进行参数设
定。
To set up communication interface parameters via RS232、RS485、
PROFIBUS or CAN
（4） 范围可设定的模拟量信号输出功能。
To set the simulation quantity signal output function ar a certain range
（5） 刹车装置的智能化自动控制。
To control the braking device intelligently.
（6） 有过行程限位开关和原点开关输入功能。
To input over stroke linit switch or original point switchgear
（7） 可通过数字输入控制驱动器的功率输出，并可清除故障。
To control the driver power output via digit input and remove the fault
（8） 可通过数字输出表示驱动器的准备就绪状态。
To show the driver ready status via digit output
（9） 通过现场总线进行位置控制：运动指令可通过现场总线输入，运动速
度的曲线可编程设定于驱动器内部。
To control position via site bus: the movement order can be input via
site bus and curve of movement speed can be set in the driver via
53
program made.
（10） 主从位置控制功能。
To contol main and subordinate position
（11） 通过数字输入接口进行位置控制：可存储多达 256 段包含位置、速度
和加速度控制指令的运动控制程序；可通过多达 8 个的数字输入信号
选择执行不同的运动控制程序；具有两个可编程设定的数字输出反馈
信号。
To control position via digit input: can store movement program with
max 256 digits including position, speed and acceleration control
orders; can input max 8 digital signals to execute different
movement control program, has two digital output feedback signals
which can be set by program.
（12） 采用脉冲和方向信号进行位置控制：具有可编程设定的符合 RS422
标准电平的脉冲和方向控制信号接口；可编程设定运动过程的 大加
速度和 大速度。
Pulsing and direction signal control: pulsing and direction control
singal interface which can be set by program and complies with
RS422 standard; programmable max acceleration and max speed.
（13） 采用模拟量信号进行速度和位置控制：可编程设定操作杆表格对应不
同的运动速度和位置；可设定范围的±10V 输入的 10 位分辨率的模拟
信号输入，可控制运动的速度。
To control speed and position by simulation signal: operation bar
table set via program is in line with different movement speed and
position; simulation signal input which is with 10 digits resolution
and ±10V settable range to control the movement speed.
基本参数：/basic parameters
伺服驱动器参数/servo driver parameter
（1） 大输出功率： 560W
Max output power 560W
（2） 供电电压： 24~70VDC
54
Voltage: 24~70VDC
伺服电机参数/servo motor parameters
（3） 极对数： 50
No. of poles 50
（4） 编码器分辨率： 8000
Encoder resolution 8000
（5） 大直流供电电压： 高 150 VDC
Max DC voltage max 150 VDC
（6） 工作力矩： 2.8Nm
Work torque 2.8Nm
（7） 额定相电流： 6.5Arms
Rated phase current 6.5Arms
（8） 大速度： 3000min-1
max speed 3000min-1
（9） 工作环境温度： -20－+40
（10） Work environment temperature -20－+40
（11） 高表面温度： 90
Highest surface temperature 90
（12） 转子惯量： 0.069kgm2×10-3
rotator quantity 0.069kgm2×10-3
（13） 阴尼力矩： 0.15Nm
Damping torque: 0.15Nm
（14） 相电阻： 0.6Ω
Phase resistance 0.6Ω
（15） 相电感： 1.2mH
Phase inductance 1.2mH
（16） 绝缘电阻： 小 100MΩ
Insulation resistance Min 100MΩ
（17） 绝缘等级： B，130
Inslation grade B，130
55
（18） 防护等级： IP44(可选 IP65)
Protection grade IP44(IP65 optional)
（19） 大轴向负载： 80N
Max hoirizontal load 80N
（20） 大径向负载： 100N
Max vertical load 100N
（21） 重量： 1.8kg
Weight 1.8kg
（22） 长度： 144mm
Length 144mm
(25)轴径： 10mm
Axial diameter: 10mm
56
6.3.3 伺服比例阀及其放大器 servo proportional valve and the amplifier
伺服比例阀采用德国 BOCH 产品，型号为 0811。
Made by BOCH with the size of 0811.
伺服比例阀原理图 Proportional servo valve principle diagram：
57
伺服比例阀的功能是把输入的±10V 信号转换成输出流量控制，从而控制主配行
程及接力器开/关速度。伺服比例阀具有位置反馈，与放大器配合使用，使得滞环和重
复性均很小。电磁阀断电时，阀具有“故障保险”位置。
The use of servo proportonal valve is to change from ±10V input signal into output
flow control to finally control main distributing valve stroke, servomotor open/close
speed. The servomotor can have position feedback, be used together with amplifier
to make little dead band and repeat. When magentic valve breaks, the valve has
“malfunction insurance”position.
0811 阀的 大特点是电磁操作力大，为环喷式和双锥式电液伺服阀电磁操作力
的 5 倍以上，既有伺服阀的高精度，高响应性，又有比例阀的出力大，耐油污能力强，
防卡能力好等优点。
The most obvious feature of 0811 404 039 is large magnetic operation force which
is 5 times of that of ring spray and double cone type electro hydrualic servo valve.
So that it is not only has high accuracy, high respondness but also large output,
dirty resistat and blocking resistant capabilities etc.
伺服比例阀放大器选用与之配套的 BOCH 生产的放大器。放大器型号为 0811
405 060。
Coresponding BOCH manufactured amplifier with size of 0811 405 060 is selected.
前面板图如下：
The following is front plate diagram
（1）绿灯表示使能信号；
Green shows enable signal
（2）红灯表示电源故障；
Reb show power suppy malfunction
（3）电位器 ZERO 用于调整零位； Potentiometers ZERO for regulation zero
58
（4）黄灯表示伺服比例阀反馈断线；
Yellow light means that wiring for proportional servo valve feedback breaks
伺服比例阀放大器面板图
Plain diagram of proportional servo valve amplifier
放大器原理如下图。其基本技术参数如下：
The following is the amplifier principles and please see the following data for basic
technical paramaters.
环境温度范围：0~70
Surrounding temperature range: 0~70
储藏温度范围：-20~70
Storage temperture range: -20~70
电源电压： 24VDC,允许波动范围 21~28V
Power supply voltage: 24VDC allowable waving range: 21~28V
线圈电流/ 大功耗：2.7A/40VA
Wiring current/max consumption: 2.7A/40VA
输入电流： 1.7A
Input current: 1.7A
功率： 37W
Power: 37W
控制信号： ±10V
59
Control signal: ±10V
输入阻抗： 100KΩ
Input resistance: 100KΩ
反馈电源： ±15V
Feedback power supply: ±15V
反馈信号： ±10V
Feedback signal: ±10V
放大器的主要功能如下：
Functions of amplifier:
1、反馈断线保护
Feedback wiring breaking protection
2、PID 位置控制
PID position control
3、快速响应功能
Quick response capability
4、短路保护功能
Break protection function
5、零位调整功能
Zero regulation function
6、状态指示及报警功能
Status indication and alarm function
60
放大器原理图
Amplifier principle diagram
6.4 测频模块 Frequency Measurement Module
① 频率测量的原理 Frequency Measurement Module Principles
61
机频
网频
隔离 CHMOS
单片机 隔离
整形
整形
至PLC
测频环节原理图
Schematic diagram of the frequency measurement
如图所示，测频环节采用先进的数字式脉冲测频方式。取至发电机出口 PT 的机
频信号以及取至电网 PT 的网频信号，经隔离、整形成同频率的方波信号后，直接送
至单片机的引脚，由单片机纪录两个上升沿之间经过的基准脉冲个数，即可测得方波
信号的周期，从而得到频率。由以上频率测量的原理可知：数字式脉冲测频方式的精
度取决于基准脉冲的频率，基准脉冲的频率越高，对同一频率测的数据精度就越高。
As shown in above figure, frequency measured by advanced digital impulse.
The unit frequency signals from motor exit PT and net frequency signals from grid
PT change into square-iscillation signals after isolating and plastic making, then
directly send to the pin single-chip which will record the number of benchimpulse
between the two rising ends, finally the frequency is gained with the
square-iscillation signals period. Following conclusion can be made above
principles： the accuracy of digital impulse frequency measurement depends on
benchimpulse frequency; that is to say, the higher the benchimpulse frequency, the
more accurate of the data in the same frequency measurement.
② 频率测量环节特点 Frequency measurement characters：
Ⅰ、数据方式独特：将 PLC 应用于水轮机调速器以来，一直由于 PLC 的高速计
数模块 高计数频率仅能记到 500K，远远不能达到水轮机微机调速器对测频精度
（>750K）的要求。
Unique digital method： since PLC has been used in turbine Governor, the
frequemcy measurement accuracy required by turbine microcomputer Governor
can not be reach for the max counting frequencyof the PLC high speed counting
62
module is only 500k.
如何完成 PLC 对频率信号的测量，一直是困扰着国内以 PLC 作为调节器的生产
厂家。少部分厂家牺牲了测量精度，以 PLC 的高速计数器进行本体频率测量；大多
则采用一个单片机完成机、网频的测量，再将二者的差值，以 16Bit 带符号数据的形
式，通过一个 16 点的 I/O 输入模块，送入 PLC 总线。这种测量方式存在以下问题
①增加了系统环节，降低了可靠性。
②由于单片机测频模块与 PLC 的 16 点 I/O 输入模块各自工作于不同的时序，
16Bit 的差值数据在传送时，容易出现时序配合不对，导致 PLC 读入错误的值，引入
了人为干扰信号。
PLC③ 读入的是机、网频的差值信号，而不是机、网频的单独准确值，在空载状
态下，PLC 无法准确的测得系统的频率，也就无法应用彩色触摸屏方式显示准确的系
统频率。
我公司采用总线方式，直接将数据通过总线送至 PLC，彻底解决了长期困扰可编
程调速器的关键点。
Manufacturers who own PLC the Governor have been confused with how to
measure frequency signals by PLC for a long time. Few make frequency
measurement by PLC high speed counter through ignoring measrement accuracy;
while most manufacturers adopt one single-chip to measure unit and net frequency
first, then take difference between them, which finally is sent to PLC bus by a 16
points I/O input module in the 16Bit with data. However, problems appear with the
latter method：
① Increasing system circles and decreasing reliablity
② Owing to different time sequence between of single-chip frequency
measurement modules and PLC 16 points I/O input modules, when
sending 16Bit different data, it is easy to wrongly match time sequence
which will lead PLC to reading wrong values and interrupting signals.
Due to what PLC reads are different signals of unit and net frequency
instead of their individual values, under no-load condition, PLC can not
measure accurately system frequency which thus can not de displayed
by colorful touch screen.
63
③ STRONG adopts bus way , sending data to PLC by bus directly to
resolve the key point that puzzled the programmable Governor in the
long term completely .
Ⅱ、测量精度高：基准脉冲由单片机晶振产生，基准脉冲为 6MHz，对于 50Hz
的频率信号测量精度为 1/120000。远远超出标准的规定，这是任何一种 PLC 利用高
速计数方式实现本体测频达不到的。
High measurement accuracy： benchimpluse caused by single-chip Crystal
oscillator is 6MHz; the measurement accuracy of 50Hz frequency signals is
1/120000, which is far beyond the standard and no PLC by high speed counting
meets with.
Ⅲ、集成度高、抗干扰性能力强：该单片机采用超大规模的 CHMOS 工艺制造，
内部集成 WatchDog，抗干扰性能极强；且内部集成了 Flash Ram，进一步减少了外
部硬件构成，增强了可靠性和抗干扰能力，并具有“软升级”能力。
High integral and strong anti-jamming： the single-chip is made by large-
scale CHMOS with internal integral WatchDog and strong anti-disturbance; what’s
more, its integrating Flash Ram furtherly decreases external hardwares and
improves reliability and anti-jamming and soft upgrade ability.
Ⅳ、运算速度快：测频环节采用 新型高档单片机，集成了时钟倍频电路，是同
类型单片机中运算速度 快的单片机
Fast calculation ： the frequency measurement adopts new advanced
single-chip which integrates clock frequency multiplication circuit and is the fastest
one among singlechips with same type。
64
6.5 电源系统 Power supply system
W（Z）T 系列微机调速器采用 AC220V 和 DC220V 同时供电，互为热备用,同时
也可以根据用户要求直流电压选取 2 路 DC110V 同时供电或者 AC220V 和 DC110V
同时供电.其内部工作电压为 24VDC/5VDC/12VDC/15V。
The YWT series high oil pressure PLC governor simultaneously adopts AC220V
and DC220V for power supply and standby for each other; two circuits of DC110V
supplying or AC220V and DC110Vat the same time can be selected according to
the requirement of users. And its internal working voltage is 24VDC/5VDC.
W（Z）T 系列微机调速器系统除了 PLC 工作电源外，还设计了 DC24V、DC5V、
DC12V 或 DC15V 外部电源。外部电源选用明纬开关电源，两路电源同时输入。每组
电源内部工作原理相同。仅只是输出电压不同，原理框图如下：
The YWT series high oil pressure PLC governor system has also designed
DC24V、DC5V、DC12V or DC15V external power supply besides PLC working
power supply. External power supply selects switching power supply by Taiwan
Mingwei are input the two power suppliers at the same time. The internal working
principle of each power supply is the same, excepts output voltage，and the
schematic is as follows：
警告 warning
始终使用操作手册中规定的电源电压.,注意供电的稳定性.不正确的电
压可能引起误动作或烧毁.
To always use the voltage stipulated in the operation manual; to be careful with the power supply stability and any incorrect voltage may bring wrong action or burn.
注意直流电源的正负极性,切勿接反.否则将烧毁元器件.
To be careful of the –and + of the power. Otherwise, component may be burnt.
65
稳
压
电
路DC110V
-
+
AC220V 整流滤波
保护
整流滤波
保护
+
-
AC220V稳
压
电
路DC220V
稳
压
电
路
DC110V
DC110V-
-
+
+ 电压输出
电压输出
电压输出
+
+
-
-DC110V
DC110V
AC220V
DC110V-
+
+
-DC220V
AC220V
Regulator
circuit
Regulator
circuit
Regulator
circuit
Voltage output
Voltage output
Voltage output
Recti-fier
Recti-fier
Filtering Protect
Filtering Protect
24V 供外部继电器、电磁阀、驱动器/放大器、人机界面和指示灯用
+24V used for the outside relay, solenoid valve, driver / amplifier
66
human-machine interface and indicators.
12V 或 15V 供接力器反馈用。
12V or 15V for servomotor feedback.
5V 供开度表和转速表用
5V for opening meter and speed meter.
效率：典型值 70%（满载时）
Efficiency： typical 70% (full load)
安全标准：满足（A）UL478（B）VDE0871B 级
Safety standard： satisfy（A）UL478（B）VDE0871B
过电流保护：所有输出端均有短路保护和过流保护。
Over-current protection： all output terminals have short circuit protection
and over-current protection.
绝缘测试：输入端与地之间，输入端与输出端之间
Insulation test： between input terminal and ground, between input
terminal and output terminal
绝缘电阻：30M 欧
Insulation resistance： 30MΩ
工作环境温度：0~50 摄氏度
Operating ambient temperature： 0~50
直流输入电压：DC220V±15%或 DC110V±15%
DC input voltage： DC220V±15% or DC110V±15%
交流输入电压：AC220V±15%
AC input voltage： AC220V±15%
交直流电源互为备用
AC/DC power supply used as standby for each other.
67
第七章 调速器软件编程说明
Chapter VII Software Program Specifications
7.1 主程序流程框图 Flow block diagram of Main Program
整个控制程序包括许多程序模块，每个程序模块又由相应的程序组成。
The whole of main controller program is composed of lots of modules, each of
which is composed the program that carries out the specific corresponding
function.
上电或复位Y>7%,f>40Hz
且DL合
停机等待
Y<7% 或f<40Hz
开机令
开机过程
空 载
负 载
甩负荷
DL合
DL分
停机令
f>45Hz
停机
停机令
调 相
DL分
Y>7%,f>40Hz
且DL分
68
1．上电或复位程序 Power up/Reset Program：
（1）设置标志单元（D 和 M）
Set the sign cell (D and M)；
（2）PLC 模块初始值
Set the initialization of PLC module；
（3）设置定时器初始值
Set the initialization of timer；
（4）采样导叶反馈及频差
Sampling the wicket gate feedbackas well as frequency difference；
（5）PID 参数初值设置
Set the initialization of PID parameter。
2．停机等待 Shutdown Waiting：
（1）A/D 采样
A/D Sampling；
（2）上位机通信
Communicate with upper computer；
（3）故障诊断及显示
Breakdown diagnosis and display；
（4）操作监视
Supervise operation；
（5）参数修改及 PID 系数计算
Amend Parameters and calculate PID coefficient。
3．开机过程 Startup Process：
（1）开机
Starting up；
（2）读频差及检错
Read frequency deviation and error detection；
（3）A/D 采样及脉冲输出
A/D sampling and impulse output；
69
（4）故障诊断及处理
Breakdown diagnosis and treatment；
（5）操作处理
Operation processing。
4．空载 No-load Operation：
（1）读频差及检错
Read frequency deviation and error detection；
（2）故障诊断及处理
Breakdown diagnosis and treatment；
（3）操作处理
Operation processing；
（4）参数修改及 PID 系数计算
Amend parameters and calculate PID coefficient；
（5）PID 计算
Calculate PID parameters；
（6）A/D 采样及脉冲输出
A/D sampling and impulse output；
（7）显示控制
Control Display；
（8）上位机通信
Communicate with upper computer。
5．负载：除了实现空载的功能外，还具有
Load Operation：Besides all functions of no-load operation, it has：
（1）模式判断（人为和自动）Mode judgment (manual and automatic)；
（2）功率闭环调节 Power closed cycle control, opening closed cycle control
and frequency control。
7.2 调节模式 Regulating Mode
W(Z)T 设有频率调节模式、开度调节模式及功率调节模式。
W（Z）T has set two regulating modes： frequency regulating mode and power
70
regulating mode。
1．频率/开度调节模式 Frequency /opening Regulating Mode：
（1）条件：
conditions：
a．空载运行时调速器处于频率调节模式；
The governor is at frequency regulating mode when the unit is under No-load
operation；
b．负载运行时，指定为开度调节模式；
The governor is at opening regulating mode when the unit is under load
operation.
c．负载功率调节时，功率信号故障或频率超差。
Power signal faults or the frequency is overproof when in load power
regulating
（2）运行：
running：
a．调节规律：PID；
Regulating rule：PID；
b．给定参数：频率给定、开度给定；
Set parameters： frequency setter, opening setter；
c．人工失灵区：空载为 0，负载可以设置±0.5Hz；
Artificial frequency dead band： no-load is 0, load can be set ±0.5Hz；
d．增减开度给定。
Deceasing /increasing opening setting。
2．功率调节模式 Power Regulating Mode：
（1）条件：
负载运行时，有功率调节指令。
conditions：
Power regulation command assigned while load running。
（2）运行：
71
running：
a．调节规律：PI；
Regulating rule：PI；
b．给定参数：功率给定；
Set Parameter： power setter；
c．功率死区：0~5%PN。
Power dead band：0~5%PN。
3．功率给定信号 power setting signals：
在功率调节时，功率给定为数字量，由上位机通过通讯口下送。
Upper computer gives the power setter in digit with communication if adjusting
the power.
7.3 开机、停机规律 Starup and Shutdown Rules
1．开机规律
Starting up Rules：
1）基本开机特性：闭环开机规律
Essential startup charaters：closed-loop Startup rules
a．在开机过程中，机组频率始终处在闭环控制之中
The Governor constantly is controlled by closed-loop during starting。
b．其频率给定值由参考模型给定，它是一条期望的机组转速上升过程线，实
际的机组转速跟踪这一期望特性而逐步升高
Setting module decides the frequency value that is an expected rising line of
unit rotational speed and the actual one will rise increasingly。
c．与开环开机规律相比，此种开机规律启动快速，又不过速。
Compared with open-loop starting rule, it is quicker under over speed。
d．此开机规律无需设置开机顶点，任何有效水头都可快速开机并网发电。
There is no need to set starting summit, any efficient water head can shut
it for generating。
72
2．停机规律 Shutdown Rule：
1）接到停机指令后，导叶即由当时开度，以第一停机速度将导叶关闭。
On receiving the stopping signal, guide vane must be closed immediately at
the first stop speed.
2）当导叶关闭至 20%（可以调整）开度时，即以第二停机速度将导叶关闭至全
关位置。（图见下页）
While the guide vane is closed to 20% of opening, it must be closed
completely at the second stop speed. (See the figure)
t
Ya
b20%
c
7.4 数字协联 Digital coordination
7.4.1 双调节水轮机的协联特性 coordination features of wicket and runner
blade for Kaplan turbine
1．协联数据 coordination data
根据用户提供的机组协联曲线，将其以表格的形式离散化，每条协联曲线离散成
100 点。离散后的协联数据可以在液晶触摸屏上逐个输入，也可以用电脑在线输入。
输入后的协联数据掉电保持。
Dispersing the unit cooperating curves (shall be dispersed into 100) provided
by users with table format. The cooperating data after dispersing can be input by
73
LCD touch screen or PC online. Input cooperating data can be remained without
power.
2. 水头值 Water head Value
水头值可以由下列几种方式获取
Water water head value can be acquired by such means as follows：
（1）通过通信接口接收上位机送来的水头值
Acquire it from upper computer through communication interface；
（2）通过 A/D 模块，采样水头传感器送来的水头信号
Acquire signal by A/D module and water water head sample sensor；
（3）通过操作终端手动输入
Input by hand through the terminal。
7.4.2 协联插值算法 Coordination interpretation arithmetic
双重调节水轮机的协联曲线是一个具有两个自变量的函数 Φ=f(a,H)。其中 Φ 为
浆叶角度，a 为导叶开度，H 为水头。
Cooperating curve of double-adjusting hudraulic turbine is a function with two
individual variable; herein, Φ isrunner blade opeing, a is guide vane opening, and
H is the water head.
如下图所示：
See figture below：
i H i+1HH
iH H i+1H
f(a) f(a+1)
a
a0
上图是在任意两条水头下 Hi,Hi+1的导叶与浆叶的协联关系曲线，当导叶开度在某
一值 a0时，可以直接在离散的数据区内查表，查到浆叶的转角值 ΦHi,，ΦHi+1。若现
行水头 H 在某两条水头 Hi和 Hi+1之间，则利用线性插值法求得浆叶转角值：ΦH
74
)(1
1i
ii
iii HH
HHHH
HH −−−
+=+
+ φφφφ
The figture above is cooperating curves of guide vane andrunner blade under two
water head. When guide vane opening is a0, meters can be checked directly in the
dispersing zone, and the corner value ofrunner blade isΦHi,，ΦHi+1. if current water
water head H is bwtween certain two water heads-- Hi and Hi+1, the corner value
ofrunner blade can be gained with
)(1
1i
ii
iii HH
HHHH
HH −−−
+=+
+ φφφφ
7.5 机手动、自动、电手动运行及相互切换无扰动 Mechanical ,Auto,Electrical
/Manual operation and bumpless transfer
当机手动/自动/电手动切换开关在自动位置时，PLC 执行自动运行程序。除此之
外，还设计了机手动运行、机手动切自动、自动切机手动、电手动运行、电手动切自
动、自动切电手动等相互切换程序，这些程序在主程序流程图中未体现出来。在下一
章节中，具体介绍上述运行方式。
When the auto/manual switching over valve is at the automatic position, PLC starts
to perform the automatic control program. It also includes the programs of
mechanical manual control, mechanical manual switch to automatic, automatic
switch to mechanical manual,electrical manual , electrical manual switch to
automatic ,automatic switch to electrical manual which are not displayed in the
main program flow chart. And these operation modes would be introduced in detail
in the next chapter.
75
第八章 调速器的面板说明
Chapter VIII Panel Description
W(Z)T 调速器可以采用机电分柜或机电合柜形式。现将各自的面板分别介绍如
下。
W(Z)T Governor may adopt separate and unit cubicles which are introducd sa
follows：
8.1 机 电 分 柜 面 板 说 明 Panel Description of the seperat cubicle of
electro-mechanics
W(Z)T 调速器电柜上有一个操作终端（液晶触摸屏），含触摸键和各种状态监视
及操作画面等，既简单可靠又美观大方。同时设置有选择开关及指示（锁定投入指示
灯、锁定拔出指示灯、导叶选择开关、导叶开度增减选择开关、桨叶选择开关、桨叶
开度增减选择开关（双调）、紧急停机按钮、故障复位按钮、紧急停机指示灯等）。
On the electro-cubicle of W (Z) T Governor, there is an operating terminal
(LCD touch screen), including touch keys, types of conditon monitors and operating
interface etc. which are reliable and beautiful. Meanwhile, optional switch and
indicators cock are set (lock closed indicator, lock open indicator, optional switch of
guide vanes, guide vanes opening increase/decrease optional switch , optional
switch of runner blades, opening increase/decrease optional switch of runner
blades, emergency stop button,faults reset button, emergency stop indicator and
so on).
W(Z)T 调速器机柜上有导叶开度表、桨叶开度表（双调）、转速表、导叶选择开
关、桨叶选择开关（双调）等。
There are guide vane opening indicator, opening indicator for runner blade of
Kaplan turbine ,speed indicator ,Guide vane optional switch and optinonal switch of
runner balde for Kaplan on the mechanic-cabinet of W (Z) T Governor.
8.2 机 电 合 柜 面 板 说 明 Panel Description of the unit cabinet of
electro-mechanics
机电合柜面板布置如下：（由上而下）
the layout of the unit cubicle of electro-mechanics is ;
76
仪表指示 instrument indicator
操作终端 operating ternimal
操作按钮及指示 operating button and indicator
1． 仪表指示 instrument indicator
浆叶角度（双调）Runner blade angel(double adjusting)
导叶开度 guide vane opening
机组转速 unit rotational speed
2． 操作按钮及指示 Operating button and indicator
操作按钮都选用带灯按钮，既可操作也可指示状态。操作按钮如下
Buttons with indicators (either for operation, or indicating conditions)are
always chosen for operation. The operation buttone are：
锁定投入（指示灯）Lock closed (indicator)；
锁定拔出（指示灯）Lock open(indicator)；
导叶手动/自动选择开关 guide vane manual/ automatic switch；
浆叶手动/自动选择开关；（双调）Runner plade manual/ automatic
switch(double adjusting)
导叶开度增加/减少 Guide vane opening Increase/decrease
浆叶开度增加/减少 Runner blade opening Increase/decrease
紧急停机按钮 Emergency stop button
故障复位按钮 Fault reset button
紧急停机（指示灯）Emergency stop(indicator)；
77
第九章 机械液压系统
Chapter IX Mechanical Hydraulic System
9.1 原理 General Description
W(Z)T 系列水轮机微机调速器的电液转换器部分，可以分为两大类：无油电液
转换器(无油电液转换器可以用与步进电机连接也可以用与伺服电机连接)和比例伺
服阀，其机械液压系统的原理如下：
The eletro-hydraulic part of W(Z)T series Hydraulic Turbine computer-based
governor, it can be divided into 2 types: 1. oil free electro-hydraulic transducer(oil
free electro-hydraulic transducer can be connected with step-by-step motor or
servo motor), 2. proportional servo valve, different functions of mechanical
hydraulic system is as follows
（1）采用无油电液转换器的机械液压系统 The governor that oil-free electro
hydraulic transducer odaopted as mechanical hydraulic system
WT 及 WZT 型机械液压系统经 PLC 调速器控制系统控制高精度电机驱动器，驱
动滚珠丝杆及自动复中精确定位装置，使引导阀和主配压阀移动，并按比例输出具有
一定流量 Q 的液压油，以驱动执行元件（接力器）控制水轮机的转速和负荷来获得相
警告 warning
始终使用设备规定的电源电压.,注意供电的稳定性.不正确的电压可
能引起误动作或烧毁.
To always use the voltage stipulated in the operation manual; to
be careful with the power supply stability and any incorrect voltage
may bring wrong action or burn.
注意直流电源的正负极性,切勿接反.否则将烧毁元器件.
To be careful of the –and + of the power. Otherwise, component
may be burnt.
管道必须按要求清洗干净，否则会污染操作油，影响各阀件的正常使
用。
The pipe shall keep clean; otherwise, the oil may be polluted,
which will influence different valves.
78
当高的控制调整精度，满足用户安全可靠的实际需要，从而达到高品质的调速要求。
The WT and WZT mechanical hydraulic system controls motor driver with
high accuracy through PLC Governor system, driving ball-screw and self-righting
pinpoint position device, making pilot valve and main distributing valve move and
output a some flux hydraulic pressure oil according to the rate in order to drive
performable component to control rotate speed and load of hudraulic turbine to the
extent with great high adjustment precision. Hence, we can meet user reliable
actual request and get to the demand of high quality product.
机械液压控制系统组成及原理图如下：
The theory diagram & system composition for mechanical hydraulic control system
is as follows:
PLC 调速器控制系统根据输入电信号和反馈，经 PID 运算、放大后，输出数字
信号给无油电液转换器，无油电液转换器再输出成比例的位移，经引导阀和主配压阀
液压放大而形成巨大的操作力，控制水轮机的导叶开度 α和桨叶转角 φ，实现水轮发
电机组的调速和负荷控制。
79
The control system of PLC Governor works on PID operation and magnifies it
according to input electrical signal and feedback, then, outputs digital signal to
oil-free electro hydraulic transducer, which also outputs proportion displacement
and an immense operating force, which operates the openingα of the guide vane,
and angelφof paddle blade to realize speed adjusting and load control of turbine
motor units.
电液随动系统具有二级液压放大，第一级是引导阀和辅助接力器，第二级是主配
压阀和主接力器。
The electro-hydraulic servomechanism has 2-stage system for hydraulic
pressure magnifying. The first stage is pilot valve and auxiliary servomotor, and of
the second is main distributing valve and main servomotor.
PLC 调速器控制系统将输出信号与接力位置反馈信号进行比较放大后，输出数字
信号驱动电机带动滚珠丝杆及自动复中装置，产生与输出信号成比例的位移，因该装
置与引导阀直接连接，所以此位移使引导阀产生相同的位移行程，并通过辅助接力器
使主配压阀也产生相应的位移，同时向主接力器配油使之产生位移，直到主接力器位
置信号与输出的数字信号相等为止。
After comparing and magnifying the feedback signal of the servomotor position
and output signal, the PLC controlling system output signal to make motor run
ball-screw and self-righting pinpoint position device in order to produce
displacement in proportion with output signal, which can let the pilot valve move the
same displacement because of direct connection with pilot valve. Accordingly, the
main distributing valve form the completely uniform displacement through auxiliary
servomotor, at the same time, providing oil to the main servomotor and make it
displacement till the signal of main servomotor is equal to the output digital signal.
本系统的特点是：无油电液转换器独特的自动复中精确定位装置，在电机退出工
作时，能保证引导阀、辅助接力器、主配压阀迅速回复中位，使主接力器保持在原位，
静态耗油少，性能稳定，频率响应好。调整维护十分简单方便，无传统电液伺服阀的
节流孔，不存在抗油污问题，可靠性高，避免了环节过多造成系统不可靠。
The characteristics of the product： unique self-righting pinpoint position
device of oil-free electro hydraulic transducer, it can be ensured that pilot valve,
80
auxiliary servomotor, main distributing valve quickly revert mid position and make
the main servomotor initialization. It costs less oil in static state than any conditions
together with reliable performance. It’s very convenient to adjust and maintain.
There is no traditional theittling orifice of electro-hydraulic servo valve, it has high
reliability and oil pollution problems don’t exist in it, meanwhile, avoid the system
uncertainty because of too much procedure.
（2）采用比例伺服阀的机械液压系统 Proportional servo valve
输出电压控制比例伺服阀或通过输出不同宽度的脉冲信号控制开、关机阀实现闭
环调节。
Output voltage controls proportional servo valve or via different wide impusling
signal to control open/close ball valve to realize loop close regulation.
比例伺服阀（开、关机球阀）使比例缸上腔接通压力油或排油与比例缸活塞形成
流量差［当比例伺服阀（开机阀）向比例缸上腔注入压力油时，比例缸活塞通排油，
只不过比例缸活塞的流量较小；比例伺服阀（关机球阀）让比例缸上腔接通排油时，
比例缸活塞通压力油，只不过比例缸活塞的流量也较小］，使主配阀活塞上、下移动
而实现开、关机，流量差的大小决定主配压阀活塞的行程。
proportional servo valve （open/close ball valve ） makes upper reservair of
proportional cylinder connect with pressure oil or discharged oil to form flow
difference with proportional cylinder piston. When propotional servo valve（open
ball valve） injects pressure oil into the upper reservair of proportional cylinder,
proportioanl cylinder piston connects discharging oil, but its flow is smaller thant
that of proportional piston; When propotional servo valve (close ball
valve )connects with upper reservair of proportional cylinder, proportional cylinder
piston connects with pressure oil, but its flow is smaller thant that of proportional
piston; to make main distributing valve piston move up and down to realize
open/close. The flow difference depends on the stroke of main distributing valve
piston.
在任何情况下，运行人员都可以现场手动切换工况切换阀到数字阀工况，再手动
操作开、关机阀，实现手动操作。
Under any condition, the operator can change work conditions manually and
81
change valve into digital valve conditiona manually, and then operate manually for
ball valve open/close to finally realize manual operation.
（3）W(Z)T 系列械液压系统可以通过电信号或者运行人员现场手动操作紧急停机电
磁阀，使辅助接力器上腔直接排油，实现紧急停机。
The system, via electric signal or site operation to emergency stop magnetic valve
by the operator, to make the upper reservair of auxiloary servomotor discharge oil
directly to finally realize emergency stop.
为提高可靠性，系统取消了机械反馈杆件和反馈钢丝绳，对厂房布置极为有利。
For reliability purpose, mechanic feedbanck members and feedbanck wirngs
are cancelled which are useful for workshop layout.
WZT 型为双重调节机械液压系统，由导叶和浆叶两部分液压系统组成，采用电
气协联，其原理和结构相同，但只有导叶机械液压系统设有紧急停机装置。
WZT mode is a double-adjusting mechanical hydraulic system which
consisted of guide vane and runner blade , two parts hydraulic system. It adopts
electric coordination with the same principle and structure, but only the guide vane
mechanical hydraulic system is equiped with emergency stop device.
根据用户要求，可提供机械分段关闭装置、事故配压阀等辅助设备。
The mechanical closing device and emergency disturbting valve and other auxiliary
devices can be supplied according to clients’ demands.
9.2 主要部件介绍 Introduction of main Components
9.2.1 无油电液转换器（专利号：ZL 00 2 24552.3）Oil-free Electro Hydraulic
Transducer (patent NO.： ZL 00 2 24552.3)
BZ 无油电液转换器是我公司研制开发的新一代电液伺服机构，该机构是在研究
了国内外电液伺服机构的优缺点后，扬长避短，经科研人员精心研制成功的具有自我
知识产权的专利产品，自动时 BZ 无油电液转换器通过高精度驱动器驱动电机及大导
程滚珠螺旋副，直接带动引导阀上下运动，使控制油腔接通压力油或排油，从而达到
控制辅助接力器及主配压阀的目的。BZ 无油电液转换器还装有电机反馈位移传感器，
使 BZ 无油电液转换器的控制形成闭环，从而补偿电机的失步、机械磨损及加工误差
等，提高 BZ 无油电液转换器的定位精度。
82
The BZ oil-free electro hydraulic transducer is the latest generation
electric-hydraulic servo actuator developed by our company. The product, which is
patent of intellectual property of us, is elaborately manufactured by researchers
under the condition of overcoming difficulties and exerting their advantages after
studying the relative merits of electro-hydraulic servomechanism home and abroad.
When running automatically, drive step motor and the long-lead ball bearings
crew-pair relying on, making the pilot valve moving up and down and connecting
the oil pocket with pressure oil or reservoir sweep in order to get the purpose of
dominating the assistant servo and main pilot valve. The displacement sensor for
motor feedback is also installed with it, which could form closed-loop control in BZ,
hence compensating the stepout of the motor, mechanical wear, machining
tolerance and so on, improving BZ positioning accuracy.
BZ 无油电液转换器采用独特的自动复中精确定位装置，其特点是采用了一个定
位块，一对复中上弹簧，下弹簧直接利用引导阀弹簧，其复中上弹簧的预压力 2 倍于
复中下弹簧（引导阀中的）预压力，而上下操作引导阀阀芯的力又大小相同。
The characteristic of which is that it has one locating piece, a pair of
auto-revert up-spring. The down-spring directly takes advantage of pilot valve
spring, of which the up-spring’s pre-stressing is 2 times than that of the
down-spring (in pilot valve), however, the force value existing in valve core of
up-down operating guide valve is equal.
复中上弹簧将定位块压向限定位置，而复中下弹簧又使引导阀阀芯通过调速杆连
接套压在定位块上，形成上大、下小的复中力（上复中力已为定位块限止，没有外力
是不会上下动作，而下复中力也推不动上定位套），所以连接套向上运动时，引导阀
在弹簧的作用下，随之上移；连接套向下移动时引导阀在旋转力矩的作用下，向下移
动。由于大导程滚珠螺旋副能逆向转动，在复中力的作用下，使连接套复中至限定位
置，精确定位，此时只要调整引导阀的中位（即零位），使主接力器在 5 分钟内位移
量小于 1mm，即是自动零位和手动零位。
The auto-revert up-spring presses the locating piece to the limited space.
While the auto-revert down-spring let the valve core of pilot valve cover the locating
piece through Governor rod, forming the big revert force upside and the little
83
downside (the upside force doesn’t act up and down being limited by locating piece,
meanwhile, the downside force can’t move the top position sleeve.), so the pilot
valve shifts upside following the spring force when bond sleeve moving upwards;
the pilot valve shifts downwards in the action of rotary moment when bond sleeve
moving downwards. As the long-lead ball screw-pair could rotate conversely, which
confine the bond sleeve to a fixing place through revert force, now you can only
adjust the nil-position of pilot valve and make the main servo’s displacement less
than 1 mm within 5 minutes, namely, that is auto-nil position and manual nil
position.
当电机退出工作时，用双手转动手轮，能模拟电机操作阀芯，松开手轮，在复中
装置作用下，阀芯迅速回到中位。
When motor is stopped, running the hand-wheel manually could simulate the
operating core valve of motor. As you let the hand-wheel alone the valve core
swiftly goes back the nil position through reverting device.
9.2.2 比例伺服阀 Servo Proportional valve
详细功能见 6.3.3 伺服比例阀及其放大器
Please see 6.3.3 Proportional Servo Valve and Its Amplifier for Detailed Functions
9.2.3.主配压阀 Main Distributing Valve
主配压阀用于直接控制和操作导叶接力器或桨叶接力器，我公司生产主配压阀直
径有 φ40、φ50、φ80、φ100、φ150、φ200、φ250 七种，其中 φ40、φ50 适用于调
速功为 1800、3000、3500、5000 调速器改造及配套。如果是双重调节，桨叶的主
配压阀直径可小于或等于导叶主配压阀的直径，根据用户实际情况选配，主配压阀用
优质材料，耐磨损，它由阀体、活塞、辅助接力器活塞、主配压阀活塞、引导阀及开、
关时间调整螺栓组成，其中阀体、活塞、辅助接力器活塞和主配压阀活塞在结构上做
成一体。
The main distributing valve is engaged in direct contol and operating
guide/plam vane servomoter. Our company manufactures main distributing valves
with seven diameters---φ40、φ50、φ80、φ100、φ150、φ200、φ250, among whichφ40、
and φ50are used for Governor whose adjustingspeed power is1800、3000、3500、
84
or 5000 reconstruction and matching. If it is double-adjusting, the main distributing
valve diameterof guide vane shall be less equal to that of guid vane. It can be
choosed by users. Main distributing valve adopts excellent materials with good
abrasion.It is consists of the piston attached to the main distributing valve、valve
body、auxiliary servomotor、pilot valve and switching time adjusting bolt and so on.
The auxiliary servomotor and main distributing valve piston are of the whole in the
structure.
主配压阀由引导阀和辅助接力器构成一级液压放大，主配阀和主接力器构成二级
液压放大。
The main distributing valve forms one-stage hydraulic pressure
magnify through pilot valve and auxil iary servomotor, at the same time,
the two-hydraulic pressure magnify comes into being from the main
distributing valve and the main servomotor.
直径小于等于Φ80 的主配动作原理：
The movement principle of main distributing valve whose diameter is equal or
lesser than 80 mm:
辅助接力器上腔始终接通压力油，当引导阀活塞向上移动一个距离，辅助接力器
的下腔接通压力油，由于辅助接力器下腔有效面积大于辅助接力器上腔有效面积，压
力油将辅助接力器活塞向上移动一个距离，直至引导阀活塞重新封死进油口，辅助接
力器便稳定在一个新的平衡位置；引导阀活塞向下移动一个距离，辅助接力器的下腔
接通排油，由于上腔始终接通压力油，辅助接力器向下移动一个距离，直到引导阀活
塞重新封死排油口，辅助接力器便稳定在另一个新的平衡位置。故辅助接力器活始终
随动于引导阀活塞。由于辅助接力器活塞与主配压阀活塞做成一体，所以故主配压阀
活塞也随动于引导阀活塞。
The upper-oil cavity is always switching on pressure oil ,when guiding the pilot
valve to move a distance upward. While the lower oil cavity of assist servo is
connected with pressure, the useful area of which is greater than that of the upper
cavity of assist servo, so the pressure oil makes the piston of assist servo transfer
a distance upside till the oil inlet is closed off again by piston of pilot valve, now the
assist servo is newly in a steady balance state; the piston of pilot valve moves
85
down a single distance, the under cavity of assist servo is put through with
reservoir sweep, as upper cavity is always connected with pressure oil, the assist
servo moves down a single distance till the piston of pilot valve is again closed off
the oil outlet so the assist servo could be stabilized at another balance position. As
a result, the piston of assist servo is always following the piston of pilot valve.
Being manufactured as a whole of piston of assist servo and main gate valve, the
piston of main gate valve is also following piston of pilot valve.
当主配压阀活塞在中位向上移动时，主接力器开启侧通压力油，关闭侧通排油，
主接力器活塞向开机方向运动。反之，主接力器活塞向关机方向运动。
The pressure oil on the open side of main servomotor is switched on,
meanwhile on the close side of which reservoir sweep is working, the piston of
main servomotor moves towards to the starting when piston of main gate valve
shifts upwards from zero position, Whereas, which shifts towards to the tailoff.
直径大于Φ80 的主配动作原理：
The movement principle of main distributing valve whose diameter is more
than 80 mm:
辅助接力器下腔始终接通压力油，当引导阀活塞向下移动一个距离时，辅助接力
器的上腔接通压力油，由于辅助接力器上腔有效面积大于辅助接力器下腔有效面积，
压力油将辅助接力器活塞向下移动一个距离，直至引导阀活塞重新封死进油口，辅助
接力器便稳定在一个新的平衡位置；引导阀活塞向上移动一个距离，辅助接力器的上
腔接通排油，由于下腔始终接通压力油，辅助接力器向上移动一个距离，直到引导阀
活塞重新封死排油口，辅助接力器便稳定在另一个新的平衡位置。故辅助接力器始终
随动于引导阀活塞。由于辅助接力器活塞与主配压阀活塞做成一体，所以主配压阀活
塞也随动于引导阀活塞。
当主配压阀活塞在中位向下移动时，主接力器开启侧通压力油，关闭侧通排油，
主接力器活塞向开机方向运动。反之，主接力器活塞向关机方向运动。
The under-oil cavity is always switching on pressure oil ,when guiding the pilot
valve to move a distance downward. While the upper oil cavity of assist servo is
connected with pressure, the useful area of which is greater than that of the under
cavity of assist servo, so the pressure oil makes the piston of assist servo transfer
86
a distance downward till the oil inlet is closed off again by piston of pilot valve, now
the assist servo is newly in a steady balance state; the piston of pilot valve moves
up a single distance, the upper cavity of assist servo is put through with reservoir
sweep, as under cavity is always connected with pressure oil, the assist servo
moves up a single distance till the piston of pilot valve is again closed off the oil
outlet so the assist servo could be stabilized at another balance position. As a
result, the piston of assist servo is always following the piston of pilot valve. Being
manufactured as a whole of piston of assist servo and main gate valve, the piston
of main gate valve is also following piston of pilot valve.
The pressure oil on the open side of main servomotor is switched on,
meanwhile on the close side of which reservoir sweep is working, the piston of
main servomotor moves towards to the starting when piston of main gate valve
shifts downwards from zero position, Whereas, which shifts towards to the tailoff.
调整主配压阀上部的开关机时间调整机构，可限制主配压阀活塞的行程，实现开
关机时间调整。
Regulate the switch-time adjusting mechanism on the top of the main gate
valve, which could confine the course of the piston of main gate valve and get the
purpose to carry out the time adjustment of switch on-off.
9.2.4 紧急停机电磁阀 Emergency Stop solenoid valve
机组正常运行时，紧急停机电磁阀处于接通引导阀压力油、辅助接力器下腔与排
油的油路通道被切断的位置，故引导阀与辅助接力器正常运行。
When normally working, solenoid valve of emergency shutoff device is in a
position where puts through pressure oil of pilot valve and cut off the oilway
between the bottom cavity of assist servomotor and reservoir sweep. Therefore,
the pilot valve and assist servomotor run in a course of nature.
直径小于等于Φ80 的主配紧急停机动作原理： Emergency stop principle of man distributing valve with diamater lesser than
80: 紧急停机动作时，电磁铁将紧急停机电磁阀推到另一个位置，使辅助接力器下腔
通排油，引导阀的上腔压力油也同时切断，故辅助接力器在上腔压力油的作用下，向
87
下操作主配压阀活塞，实现紧急停机，并有可靠的位置指示接点。（投入、复归）
When emergency stop acts, magnetic valve will push emergency stop valve to
another position to make oil from lower reservair of the auxiliary servomotor flow,
cut oil from upper reservair of pilot valve. Thus auxiliary servomotor under the
action of upper reservair would operate the piston of main distributing valve
downwards to realize emergency stop with reliable position indicator(thrown-in,
reset).
直径大于Φ80 的主配紧急停机动作原理：
Emergency stop principle of man distributing valve with diamater larger than
80:
紧急停机动作时，电磁铁将紧急停机电磁阀推到另一个位置，使辅助接力器上腔
通排油，引导阀的下腔压力油也同时切断，故辅助接力器在下腔压力油的作用下，向
上操作主配压阀活塞，实现紧急停机，并有可靠的位置指示接点。（投入、复归）
When emergency stop acts, magnetic valve will push emergency stop valve to
another position to make oil from upper reservair of the auxiliary servomotor flow,
cut oil from lower reservair of pilot valve. Thus auxiliary servomotor under the
action of lower reservair would operate the piston of main distributing valve
upwards to realize emergency stop with reliable position indicator(thrown-in, reset).
必要时，也可手按紧急停机电磁阀本身配备的按钮，现场实现紧急停机。
It is necessary to get emergency shutdown at point by pushing the button
attached to the solenoid salve of emergency.
9.2.5 位移传感器 Displacement Sensor
位移传感器采用耐磨而精密的电位器作转换元件。接力器通过钢丝绳与用盘簧扭
紧的滑轮相连，滑轮轴又与电位器相连，由电位器输出 0~10V 电压。位移传感器有
直线位移和旋转位移两种。也可以选择绝对式光电编码器等其他位移传感器。
The displacement sensor takes the potentiometer of antifriction and precision
as its interface element. The servomotor is linked with chain wheel that is contorted
tightly by spring through steel cable, in the mean time the axis of chain wheel is
joined with potentiometer, which outputs 0~10v voltage. Displacement sensor is
88
made up of linear and wheel displacement . Absolute optical-electric encoder or
other kind displacement sensor can be chosen all the same.
9.2.6 滤油器 Oil Filter
滤油器有两个滤网，运行时可快速切换。滤油器上装有网后油压表，可观测网后
油压。如用户需要可配装压差发讯器。
There are two swift-throwback dross filters in the fuel strainer when normally
working. The oil pressure meter is set behind the dross filter and the oil pressure
value can be observed through that meter.
9.2.7 分段关闭装置(选配) Closing Device with serval rates(optional)
分段关闭装置分为机械式分段和电磁阀式分段，以机械分段为例说明如下：
The step closure device can be devided into mechanical and solenoid valve
type.Taking machanical step-closure for example:
分段关闭装置由分段阀、单向阀和凸轮等组成。凸轮固定在接力器传动机构回复
转轴上，在分段之前，分段阀下部滚轮不和凸轮接触，当接力器关闭到回复转轴上的
凸轮顶着滚轮，带动先导阀上升时，分段阀的节滚活塞下腔即瞬时接通压力油，节流
注意/Warning 巡视时，应注意观察其压力值，当压力值低于油压罐压力时，检查滤
网是否堵塞。否则会造成接力器不能随动。
When perambulating, you should look into the pressure vaule ,If it is
below the oil tank pressure ,to check out the filter if occlude, ortherwise
the servomotor can not move.
警告/Warning 1. 若分段关闭采用电磁阀式分段，并由调速器本体控制时，调速器本体不
能断电。If it is solenoid valve type step closure, and controlled by
governor body, the governor shall keep power.
2. 电磁阀不能长期带电工作，给 2-5S 脉冲即可。Solenoid valve shall not
work with power for a long time, 2-5S impulse is ok!
89
活塞迅速上升至其上方调整螺钉整定的位置，于是接力器在关闭过程中开始分段进行
慢关机。
The sectionalizing shutoff device is made up of section valve、inverted valve、
cam and so on. The cam is fixed on the return-axis of swivel that is attached to the
drive gear of servomotor. Before sectionalized the contact roller on the bottom of
section valve doesn’t touch with the cam. When servomotor is in a close point
where the contact roller is propped up by the cam of reverting axis, making the pilot
valve ascending. Here the bottom cavity subjected to the rolling piston of
subsection valve instantaneously is put through with pressure oil. Throttle piston
swiftly moves upwards to the position of adjust screw, which have the servomotor
shutoff step by step during the course of the tailoff.
调整分段阀上方的调整螺钉，可以改变节流活塞与阀体之间的节流面积，从而可
以改变分段后的慢慢关机速度。
The adjust screw on the top of adjust subsection valve could change throttle
areas between throttle piston and valve body, thus slow and stepped shutdown
speed can be changed
转动凸轮，改变它和回复转轴的相对位置，就可以改变分段关闭的拐点位置。
The step –closure turning position can be changed by rotating cam and
changing its postion with returned shaft.
单向阀可以保证导叶接力器能从全关位置快速开启到分段拐点而不受分段阀节
流影响。
One-way valve secures the guide vane servomoter starting to step-by -step
turning point from full-closed position without throttling inflence from step-by-step
vlave.
该分段关闭装置全部采用刚性联连，可以精确地进行调整，一经调妥后，分段拐
点及分段后速度不会再变化，安全可靠。由于该分段关闭装置靠近接力器，所以对装
有事故配压阀的水电站，同样能起到 终分段的作用。无需在事故配压阀之后再装分
段关闭装置。
This device adopts rigid connection with accurate adjustment. There is no
speed change and reliable in step-by step turnings, once adjusted well. Due to the
90
device is closed to servometer, it also can make final subsection at eleco-hydraulic
stations with accidental voltage valves (no need to intall step-by step closure
device again).
分段关闭的先导控制还可以采用电磁换向阀来控制。当接力器关到其分段关闭的
拐点时，电气控制信号控制电磁换向阀动作，从而控制分段主阀实现分段。也可以采
用手动直接操作电磁换向阀。
Solenoid valve is as the guide control of this device .when the servomotor
close to the inflection point ,electrical control signal control the solenoid to move to
realize fragments. We can also operate solenoid directly by manual.
9.2.8 事故配压阀(选配) Emergency distributing valve(optional)
SGP 集成式事故配压阀是一种二位六通型换向阀，用于水电站水轮发电机组
的过速保护系统中，当机组转速过高，调速器关闭导水机构操作失灵时，SGP 集成
事故配压阀接受过速保护信号动作，其阀芯在差压作用下换向，将调速器切除，油压
装置上的压力油直接操作导叶接力器，实现紧急关闭导水机构，防止机组过速，为水
轮发电机组的正常运行提供安全可靠的保护。
As a six-way directional valve, SGP integrated emergency distributing valve is used
in hydro turbine over-speed protection. When the unit speed is over high and
governor closing pilot organization operation is out of service, SGP integrated
emergency distributing valve acts after receiving the over-speed signal. Valve core
will change its direction with the function of pressure difference, cut of the governor,
presssure oil from its device will operate guide vane servomotor directly to realize
emergency stop of pilot organization and protect unit from over speed and protect
turbine units working under normal and reliable conditions,
本产品通过优化设计，将传统的过速限制器上的电磁配压阀、油阀、事故配压
阀集成于一体，体积更小、动作更可靠；它采用液压缓冲装置克服了原过速限制器在
动作时的轰鸣声，动作平稳，使用寿命更长；安装方便，布置场地小。
The product has been optimized and integrated magnetic distributing valve, oil
valve, emergency distributing valve on the over-speed limiter into one, which is with
smal volume and more reliable actions. The hydraulic cushion device has
91
overcome the roar sound from the old limiter. It acts stably, is long lifetime, easy to
be isntalled with little place.
将传统过速限制器上电磁配压阀、油阀、事故配压阀集成于一体，集成化
程度高、体积小、重量轻、占用场地小、安装方便
Integrated magnetic distributing valve, oil valve, emergency distributing
valve on the over-speed limiter into one, which which is with smal
volume light, and easy to be isntalled with little place..
采用液压缓冲装置，无振动声，使用寿命长。
The hydraulic cushion device is non vibration sound and long lifetime.
当调速器发生故障至使机组转速过高，调速器无法完成通过接力器把导叶关闭回
来，此时监控系统发至事故停机信号至事故配压阀的电磁换向阀，事故配压阀右边的
活塞腔就接通压力油，因右边的活塞面积比左边的大，所以活塞向左动作，此时活塞
把主配压阀的开、关机腔的油源切除掉，把导叶接力器的开、关机腔与回油、压力油
接通；即系统压力油与接力器的关腔接通，接力器开腔与回油箱接通，从而实现了事
故停机，避免机组发生飞逸事故。
When the governor malfunctional makes unit speed over high, the guide vane can
not be closed via servomotor by the governor; the piston reservair at the right of
emergency distributing valve is to connect pressure oil, since the area at right is
larger than that of the left, when the piston moves left, the piston will cut off the oil
supply of both close and open reservair of the main distributing valve, and connect
close and open reservair of the guide vane with return oil and pressure oil. Namely,
the system pressure oil is to connect with the close reservair of servomotor and
open reservair of servomotor with oil return tank. This is the way of emergency
stop,which avoid unit runaway.
通过调节事故配压阀右边的螺杆，可以调整活塞与阀体开口大小，限制其流量
来实现事故配压阀的动作时间。
By the screw bar at the right of emergency distributing valve, opening between
piston and valve body can be adjusted to limit its flow to achieve required action
time of the emergency distributing valve.
92
9.2.9 机械液压柜 mechanic-hydraulic cabinet
W(Z)T 机械液压柜宽×厚×高如客户没有要求将按厂内标准尺寸生产(具体尺寸见
安装图)按用户要求定做。柜的正面，上方设有实际开度、转速等仪针表以及手/自动
切换等控制按钮，紧急停机指示灯、接力器锁定拔出/投入位置指示灯。柜的正面和反
面均镶有刚化玻璃，可以清楚地看到柜内机械液压系统全貌。主配压阀悬在柜的底板
之下。机械液压部分总重约 800kg（包括基础架）。
Mechanic-hydraulic cabinet shall be 800×600×1860（mm） or made according
to users’ demands. The front and above parts of cubicle have real opening,
rotational speed, and banlance table, as well as manual /automatic contol buttons,
emergency stop indicator, servometer lock-in/lock-out position indicators. In front
and reverse cubicle, there are methacrylate plastics through which overall view of
mechanic-hydraulic system in the cubicle shows. Main distributing vavle suspends
under the bottom panel. The total weight of mechanic-hydraulic part is about 800kg
(including foundation racks).
9.2.10 装配和调整 Assemble and adjustment
装配 Assemble
（1） 所有零部件装配都必需符合相关图纸的技术要求。
The technical requirements of correlative drawings must be achieved for all
details assemble.
（2） 装配前，所有零部件都必需洗干净。特别是液压集成块、主配压阀的阀盖
及其它有内部管道的零部件，都要用压缩空气吹净管内杂质并用煤油反复冲洗干净。
Before assemble, all details should be cleanout. Especially the valve cap of
hydraulic-pressure integration pad and main guide valve together with details of
other interior pipes are all should be blown off impurity by compressed air and be
cleaned out with kerosene again and again.
（3） 各处 O 型密封垫均不得碰伤或漏装。特别是主配压阀的上、下高压耐油石
棉橡胶垫等必需装正，用锥销或定位螺钉精确定位。
It is cautious that all the O seals are not impacted with each other and
forgotten assembling. Especially, it is bond to be mounted vertically and fixed
93
position accurately through wedge pin or set screw for the up-down asbestos
rubber blanket of the main guide valve, which stands up with high pressure and
abrasion.
（4） 主配压阀的阀盖和阀体连接好，再与底板连接，顺序是：先紧好阀盖和底
板的联结螺栓，然后，从底板反面用螺栓通过连接条将阀体和底板固牢，再连接阀体
侧面的法兰和管道等。
Connect the valve cap with its body and fix it on the bottom board. The
assemble procedure： make the coupling bolt between valve cap and bottom board
tight. Then, reinforce the valve body and bottom board by screw bolt from the
inverse bottom board through joining-up bar. After that, join the flange and pipes on
the profile of the valve body。
（5） 主配压阀活塞、引导阀活塞应能靠自重在各自的阀体或衬套内自行滑动，
不得碰伤活塞上的尖角。
The piston of main distributing valve and pilot valve should glide
automatically along the respective valve body or bush under the gravity of
themselves and be careful of not bruising the closed angle of the piston。
（6） 电机或比例伺服阀操作机构等部件装配后均必须动作灵活，不得有卡阻现
象，所有滑动面均应上一层黄油。
The motor or proportion servo valves of function mechanism must be
flexible and of no block after assemble. All the gliding surfaces must be painted
with butter。
（7） 在额定油压下，所有密封面均不允许漏油或渗油。
It is not allowable for all the sealing surfaces to leak oil under the rated oil
pressure。
零位调整
Adjustment for Null Position
开、关机调整螺栓均调至主配压阀 大行程的位置，开启调速器总进油阀，使调
速器各处充油，由于滚珠螺旋自动复中装置的零位无需调整，调整零位实际上就是调
引导阀的中位。先松开螺母，调节其下方连接螺杆，使引导阀活塞相对于压盖上、下
移动，当引导阀活塞调整到主接力器能在任何位置稳住为止，（轻轻转动滚珠螺旋自
94
动复中装置的手轮，可使接力器开和关）。由于是开环，不可能调到接力器完全不动，
一般接力器在 5 分钟之内的飘移小于 1 毫米就行了，再将螺母并紧。
The adjusting bolt of starting on-off should be set to the maximal course of
main distributing valve, open the chief suction valve of Governor and let it full of oil
everywhere. Since there is no need of adjustment for ball spiral auto-reversion
device the null adjustment is actually to regulate the mesoposition of pilot valve.
Firstly, loosen screw nut and regulate the joiningup lower screw stem so that the
piston of pilot valve moves up and down relative to the gland. The adjustment
working lasts till the main servomotor could stabilize in any place (rotate the
handwheel of ball spiral auto-reversion device slowly, which makes the servomotor
open and close). It is impossible to have the servomotor in a completely stable
place because of open loop. It is generally allowable for servomotor to have
deviation less than 1 mm within 5 minutes. Then merge the nut tightly.
95
第十章 HYZ 及 YZ 型油压装置使用说明
Charpter10 Usage of HYZ AND YZ Oil Pressure Device
10.1 概述 General Description
油压装置是为各种液压系统生产、储备并能经常稳定地提供压力油源的装备。目
前广泛用于水电站水轮发电机组调速系统和机组控制系统的供油。大型水泵站以及进
警告 Warning
设备安装的各相关零部件在安装前要进行清洗以确保清洁度。
All parts shall be cleaned before installation.
设备安装时，各密封部位需加密封件的，必须加密封件。
All sealings shall be done if necessary during installation
螺栓紧固时，要保证各紧固件受力均 ，并且起到紧固作用，各
应紧固部位都要紧固，不可有漏项。
All firmware shall be fixed on average.
油泵吸油管一定保证不能有漏的地方，一旦出现吸入空气的情
况，将容易损坏油泵。
No leakage is allowed in the oil absorption pump. Otherwise, the
pump will be damaged by air
油压装置压力罐上部有两个吊装孔，用于安装、移位可吊此处，
不可挂吊其它部位。
There are two vertical loading hole Upside of the oil pressure
device tank . They are used to equip and move the
device .Don’t hang up other parts of the epuipment.
注意 Be careful 油压装置必须正确地水平安装并用地脚螺栓将其固定，不可倾斜。
The Oil Pressure Device shall be installed horizontally
and fixed with bolt without any slope.
96
水阀、空放阀、球阀等需要压力油操作的地方也都可以选用。
Oil pressure device is used to manufacture, storage and provide pressure oil for
differenct kinds hyraulic pressure system. Currently, it is widely used in the hydro
power station turbine units’ governor system and control system for oil supply
purpose. It is also can be used in large water pump station, inlet valve, release
valve and ball valve etc.
国产油压装置分为两大系列：即组合式HYZ型油压装置和分离式YZ型油压装置。
两大系列油压装置的规格均已标准化（JB7836.3-1995）<见表 1> 。各型号规格的油
压装置，其额定油压又分为 2.5MPa、4.0MPa 和 6.3MPa 三个等级。
There are two types of national-mae oil pressure device:combine HYZ oil pressure
device and separate YZ oil presure device. All of them has been
standardized(JB7836.3-1995)(Please refer to Table 1). As for different types
devices, the rated oil pressure can be divided into three grades: 2.5MPa、4.0Mpa &
6.3Mpa.
压力罐可采用常规压力罐（工作介质为压缩空气和液压油）和蓄能器，压力罐采
用蓄能器型式，可不用高压空压机气系统，节省投资。
The pressure tank can be normal pressure tank(work media is compressor air)
and accumulator ,With accumulating type pressure tank, high pressure air
compressor is no need. Thus the cost is saved.
97
组合式（HYZ）
Combined （HYZ）
分离式（YZ）
Separate（YZ）
HYZ-0.3 YZ-1.0
HYZ-0.6 YZ-1.6
HYZ-1.0 YZ-2.5
HYZ-1.6 YZ-4.0
HYZ-2.5 YZ-6.0
HYZ-4.0 YZ-8.0
HYZ-6.0 YZ-10
HYZ-8.0 YZ-12.5
YZ-16（or 16/2）
YZ-20（or 20/2）
YZ-25（or 25/2）
YZ-32/2
YZ-40/2
表 1 /Table 1
油压装置的产品型号由三部分组成，三部分之间用“—”隔开：
警告 Warning 蓄能器须垂直安装，充气口在上，进出油口在下。
任何时候不能撞击或挤压蓄能器及其上下接口，以免发生爆炸。
蓄能器应在规定的温度、湿度范围内储存或使用，以免发生腐蚀或爆炸。
蓄能器内必须充装氮气;若充装空气或氧气等其它气体可能发生爆炸。
The accumulator shall be installed vertically with air injection inlet above
and oil inlet and outlet below.
The accumulator as well as its up and low connecting interfaces shall not
be impacted or pressed in order to avoid any explosion.
The accumulator shall be stored or used under stipulated temperature
and humid to avoid corrosion or explosion.
The accumulator shall be nitrogen; if any other gas such as air or oxygen
in it, explosion may cause.
98
The product type is consited of three parts which is separated by “—”:
1 第一部分为型号：HYZ 表示合成式油压装置，YZ 表示分离式油压装置。
First part : HYZ means combined oil pressure device; YZ means separate oil
pressure device.
2 第二部分为阿拉伯数字，分子表示压力罐的总容积（m3），其后的字母为产品
的改型标记，无字母表示基本型；分母表示压力罐的数目，每台油压装置只有一个
压力罐，不加表示。
Sencond part(numbers): numerator means total volume（m3）of pressure tank and
letter behind means changed type, no letter mean standard type; denominator
shows No. of pressure tanks, and it is nothing if each device equiped with one
pressure tank.
3 第三部分的阿拉伯数字表示油压装置的额定油压，无数字表示额定油压为
2.5MPa。
Third part: the numbers shows the rated pressure, nothing will be showed if the
rated pressure is 2.5Mpa.
油压装置的工作介质为压缩空气和必须符合GB11120中 46号的汽轮机油或粘度
相近的同类型油。
The midea of oil pressure device is compressed air compressor and No.46 turbine
oil or simliar meeting GB11120 requirements.
油压装置的使用条件，一般要求海拔高度不超过 4000m，周围空气温度 5＜t
＜55； 湿月的空气相对湿度＜90% 。
The oil pressure device shal be used at a place whose elevation is no more than
4000m and surrounding temperature is 5＜t＜55 and max relative moisture ＜
90%.
99
10.2 主要参数 Main parameters
10.2.1 HYZ 型油压装置基本参数 Basic parameters for HYZ oil pressure device
（参见 HYZ 型油压装置总装图） (please refer to the general drawing for HYZ oil
pressure device )：
10.2.2 YZ 型油压装置基本参数 Basic parameters for YZ oil pressure device
（参见 YZ 型油压装置总装图） (please refer to the general drawing for YZ oil
pressure device )： 10.3 工作原理 Work principle
（见 HYZ 型、YZ 型油压装置液压系统图）(please refer to hydraulic system diagram
of HYZ, YZ oil pressure device)：
油压装置和其用油的设备构成了一个封闭的循环油路。回油箱<15>内的清洁油经
过油泵<17>的吸油管被油泵吸入并增压输送至组合阀<10>内的止回阀腔内，随着输
油量的增加，压力逐渐升高，直至超过止回阀活塞上腔的压力，使止回阀打开，压力
油通过止回阀及压力罐根部截至阀进入到压力罐内。油泵是由电动机<18>通过联轴器
拖动的。
The oil presure device forms a close loop of oil circulation together with oil
comsumption. Oil from oil return tank(15), through the absorption tube of oil
pump(17), will be absorbed by pump and increase pressure and then send to
check valve in the combine valve(10). With the increasing of pressure gradually,
pressure increases gradually and the check valve opens when the pressure
exceeds that of upper reservair of check valve piston. Oil will enter the tank through
the check valve and cut-off valve at the bottom of pressure tank. Oil pump is driven
by motor(18) through coupling.
为了保证油压装置工作的可靠性，每台油压装置一般都设有 2 台油泵，一台为工
作油泵，另一台则为备用油泵，两者可定期互相切换使用。在特殊的情况下，即当工
作油泵工作时，油压仍继续下降直至备用油泵启动的压力，备用油泵启动。两台油泵
也可同时做短时间的并联运行。油泵可以是螺杆泵，也可以是齿轮泵。
100
In order to keep reliablity, each oil pressure device equips with 2 oil pump: one for
work and the other backup. Under special condition, when work pump is at work,
the pressire will continue to drop unitil achieving presure for backup pump startup,
and then backup pump starts. Two pumps can run at the same time shortly. Either
screw pump or gear pump can be used.
每台油泵的前部都设有组合阀。组合阀是集止回、卸载、安全、卸荷（溢流）等
功能于一体，对油泵、电机和压力罐起保护作用和稳定压力罐的油压作用的装置。止
回阀保证了当油泵停止工作后，不使压力罐内的压力油通过油泵途径被泄掉。卸载阀
可使油泵出口至止回阀间油路在油泵停止工作后迅速泄掉压力，使工作油泵重新启动
时，电机是空载启动，并可以延时，使电机有一个良好的启动环境，不但可以节约电
能，也对电机起了一个保护作用。安全阀的设置是对压力罐起保护作用的一道安全措
施。当控制油泵运行的二次回路出现故障，而油泵运行又使压力罐内的油压超过了油
压工作范围的上限而不能停止时，罐内油压继续上升至安全阀动作整定值时，安全阀
动作，使油泵输出的压力油通过安全阀又返回到回油箱内，不至使压力罐油压继续上
升，从而保证了压力罐的安全。油压装置的油泵一般都设置的是断续工作制，如工作
需要设置为连续工作制时，卸荷（溢流）阀可起稳压的作用。
Each front of oil pump has been equipped with combined valve which has
integrated functions of check valve, load-off valve, safety valve, overflow valve etc. ,
protects oil pump, motor, pressure tank, keep tank presure stable. When the oil
pump stops, check valve can prevent the pressure oil passing pump from
discharging. Load-off load can drop pressure in the tube between the pump oulet
and check valve, make motor at no-load condition if the pump restarts again; and if
delaying, it can make motor at good atomosphere: not only saving engergy but
also protecting the motor. Safety valve is to protect pressure tank.when failure
happens on the second circuit of the oil pump, pressure in the tank exceeding the
limit which makes pump stops, the pressure in the tank keeps increasing until
safety valve acts, which makes the oil returns to oil return tank and prevents oil
pressure from increasing to finaly realize the pressure tank safety. The oil pump is
usually set by incontinuous work ssytem, if continous system needed, overflow
101
valve can keep pressure stable.
压力罐在正常情况下，上部（压力罐总容积的 1/2~2/3）充满了压缩空气，下部为
介质油。压缩空气的补充、泄放可通过自动补气装置<1> 自动进行，也可以通过装在
压力罐进气孔根部的补气放气阀来进行手动操作。(用户在使用前请详细阅读自动补气
装置生产厂家的《使用说明书》)。
Under normal condition, the upper part (1/2~2/3 of total volume) of pressure
tank is filled with compressed air, and the lower part is media oil. The
complementary or discharging of the air can be realized either by automatic
replenish device(1) or manual replenish/discharging valve at the bottom of tank air
inlet.(Clients should read “the user manual” of the automatic air admission
equipment manufacturer in details before putting to use.)
压力罐也可选用囊式蓄能器。囊式蓄能器内的高压氮气在出厂前已充足，一般无
需再充气，特殊情况下可用专用的充氮工具（见下图）充入。
Bladder accumulator also can be chosen as pressure tank . high pressure nitrogen gas in the bladder accumulator has already fully inflated, so, generally speaking, no more inflation is needed. A special nitrogen inflating tool (please see the fig. below) can be used for air inflation at special situation.
充气时，先将囊式蓄能器顶部旋下，把充氮工具螺口 1旋上，然后将充氮工具螺
帽 2与高压氮气瓶口相联。顺时针旋转充氮工具的旋阀 3顶开蓄能器气门芯，然后打
102
开氮气瓶的阀门充气。观察压力表 4上的压力值，当压力值在氮气瓶的阀门关闭后达
到额定值时，即可停止充气。逆时针旋转充氮工具的旋阀 3至上止点，拆下充氮工具，
就完成了充氮过程。
While inflating, firstly screwing off the bladder accumulator head cover and
screwing on Lo 1 of the nitrogen inflating tool, then connecting nut 2 of the nitrogen
inflating tool with the mouth of high pressure nitrogen gas flask. Clockwise rotating
the rotary valve 3 of nitrogen inflating tool to open the accumulator valve inside,
then beginning to inflate after opening the valve lead of nitrogen flask. Observe the
pressure valve of manometer 4. Inflation finishes if the value reaches rated one
after the close of valve lead of the nitrogen flask. Anticlockwise rotating the rotary
valve 3 of nitrogen inflating tool to the end, removing the nitrogen inflating tool,
then the inflation finishes.
蓄能器充气压力见下表 The accumulator inflating pressure: 油泵及安全阀相关整定值参考数值(MPa)
Reference values of related setting values of oil pump and safety valve (MPa)
额定工作压力 P rated working pressure 2.5 4.0 6.3
过高压力 over-high pressure 3.0 4.8 7.5
停泵压力 pump stop pressure 2.5 4.0 6.3
主用泵起动压力 startup pressure of main pump 2.3 3.6 5.8
备用泵起动压力 startup pressure of backup pump 2.1 3.4 5.6
事故动作压力 emergency action pressure 2.0 3.2 5.0
蓄气压力 gas accumulation pressure 1.5 2.4 3.8
溢流开始压力 overflow start pressure 2.6 4.2 6.5
溢流全开压力 overflow full open pressure ≤2.9 ≤4.6 ≤7.3
为了反映压力罐中油位的高低（蓄能器无），根据业主的要求而装设了类型不同的
油位计<2>，使用较多的是磁浮子翻柱型的液位计，从表板上可直接观察到压力罐内
的油位高低，又可对液位超越上下限时进行报警。如果配置了传感器，并可在油位的
整定范围内发出 4~20mA 或 0~10V 的模拟量的连续信号，供计算机监控进行采样。
To show the level of oil in the pressure tank（no accumulator）, different oil level
103
meters(2) can be selected in the light of clients’ requirement. The mostly selected
one is the magnetic liquid level meter which can easy show the lelel straightly, and
alarm when it is above or lower than corresponding upper or loawer limit. If a
transducer equipped, it also can send continous signal of simulation with the range
of 4~20mA or 0~10V for the sampling of computer monitoring.
在压力罐上，可根据用户的要求，配置型号各异的压力传感器<1>、压力开关<2>
和普通压力表<3>，可分别用于计算机监控系统的采样、工作油泵、备用油泵的启动
和停止的控制，事故低油压信号的发讯，自动补气、自动放气的控制以及电站运行人
员的现场目视等。这些反映压力相关参数的表计，一般都安装在与压力罐相连接的表
架上，每个表架上都设有控制油路通断的阀门，以保证这些表计能够更换或维修。
According to client’s requirement, different pressure transducer(1), pressure
switchgear(2) and common pressure meter (3), which can be used for computer
monitoring sampleing, startup & shutdown of work pumpand backup oil pump ,
emergency low presure signal sending, control of automatic air replenishing, and
discharging and visual observation of site operators correspondingly, can be
equipped on the pressure tank. Generally, they are installed on the frame
connecting with pressure tank. Each frame has a valve to control oil tube breaking
to ensure that all meters can be replaced or repaired
在压力罐体上开有不同通径的孔口，并配有相应的阀门。它们的功用分别是：进油
口阀门二只，一般是角式截止阀，用在油泵至压力罐的通路上；放油阀一只，一般也
是角式截止阀，其通径往往和进油阀一致（有的也可能比进油阀小一个规格），是为
压力罐放油所设置，通常在油压装置油泵试验，组合阀各参数值整定及压力罐手动补
气时使用；主压力油供油截止阀一只，一般为直通式阀门；辅助油源截止阀一只，一
般也是直通式阀门或盲板盖。油源通过主压力油供油阀门或辅助油源阀门引出，通过
液压系统的各类控制元件及管路，作用到执行元件上，使执行元件作功，进行能量交
换后的介质油回到油压装置回油箱的污油区，经滤油网<19>过滤后进入净油区，再经
油泵吸入，加压送往压力罐，如此往复循环。
On the pressure body, there are holes with different diameters, equipping with
104
corresponding valve. The functions are: two inlet valves which usually are angel
type cut-off valve used on the tube between oil pump and pressure tankt; on oil
discharging valve which which usually is angel type cut-off valve and same
diameter as that of inlet valve(sometimes little smaller than that of inlet valve) used
for pressure tank discharging and used during oil pump test, combine valve
parameters setting and manual air replenishing; on check valve for main pressure
oil supply, which is usually once through valve; one check valve for auxiliary
pressure oil supply, which is usually once through valve or blind plate cover. The oil
supply is educed through main or auxiliary pressure oil supply valve, through
different control components and tube of hydraulic system, acts on execution
components to make them work. Media oil after this energy exchange returns to
dirty oil area of the oil return tank and comes into the clean area after filter (19).
And then it is sent to pressure tank after increasing pressure and oil pump
absorption. The pressure oil works in such circulation way.
设有自动补气装置的油压装置，一般都设有空气安全阀，其位置在压力罐的顶部，
是在补气状态失控时，对压力罐起保护作用的装置，其整定值比油泵安全阀要稍高
2~4% 。
As for the pressure device without automatic air replenish device, it is often
euqipped with air safety valve installed at the top of the tank. Under out control of
replenish status, it can protect pressure tank and its set value is 2~4% higher than
that of safety valve.
警告 Warning
检修必须在停机且机组做好安全措施的前提下进行,否则
会造成机组损坏或人身发生危险。 The check shall be done during stop with safety measures
preparation. Otherwise, unit damage or human danger may cause.
检修前必须关阀主供油阀或将蓄能器压力卸掉,否则会造
成元件损坏或人身发生危险。 Before the check, main oil supply valve shall be closed or the accumulator pressure shall be discharged. Otherwise, component damage or human danger may cause.
105
回油箱是油压装置贮油的容器，也是整个设备的基础，压力罐、油泵组、阀组等
油压装置的主要组件都布置在回油箱的上盖板上。为了使设备布局更加紧凑，目前有
的还将调速器的机械液压随动系统、事故配压阀、分段关闭等也集成在回油箱上。
注意 Be careful 定期检查和清洗油泵吸油器、滤油器和电磁阀滤油器（根据用户大
修时间定）。
Periodically check and clean (according to clients' large scale maintenance time) pump oil header, filter, and solenoid ball valve filter.
对于囊式蓄能器，定期检查充气压力（根据用户大修时间定）。检查
某个蓄能器时，先将另一个蓄能器与系统连接的截止阀关闭，然后将
此蓄能器内压力降为零再启动油泵，观察压力表指针是否迅速上升至
初始充气压力左右,再稍后便慢速平稳上升到设定值。停泵后，打开卸
压阀，压力表指针应慢速平稳下降到初始充气压力左右,再迅速下降到
零，此时说明蓄能器工作正常。如果停泵后，压力表指针慢速平稳下
降到 2MPa（以 6.3MPA 为例）时,再迅速下降到零，应按前面充气方法
充氮气。
Periodically check (according to clients' large scale maintenance
time) inflating pressure for bladder accumulators. When checking an
accumulator, first close cut-off valve connecting another
accumulator with the system, then oil pump is started. Observe the
manometer finger whether it rapidly increases to original inflating
pressure, then slowly and stably up to set value. After pump stop,
the manometer finger shall slowly and stably reduce to the original
inflating pressure, then quickly down to zero. This describes normal
working. After pump stop, if the pressure finger slowly and stable
declines to 2MPa（Take 6.3MPA as example）, then quick to zero,
nitrogen gas shall be inflated in the light of abovementioned
method.
106
Oil return tank is a storage of pressure oil and also the base of the whole
equipment. Main components such as pressure tank, oil pump sets, valve group
etc are arranged on the cover of oil return tank. In order to keep compact
arrangement, mechanically hydraulic servo system,emergency distributing
valve ,closing device with serval rates and so on of the governor are installed on
the oil return tank.
10.4 油压装置主要部件说明 Description of oil device’s main components：
参见 HYZ 型及 YZ 油压装置总装图
Please read general installation diagram of HYZ & YZ oil pressure device.
10.4.1 压力罐装配 Pressire tank cnfiguration
压力罐是钢制结构体，由圆柱形的筒体和椭圆形的封头焊接而成，材料一般是
16MnR。压力罐的设计、制造、试验、验收均按我国现行《压力容器安全技术监察规
程》和国标 GB150《钢制压力容器》的要求进行。
As made by steel, the presure tank is welded by cylinder and elliptic header. And
raw material usual is 16MnR. Its design, manufacture, test and acceptance are in
the light of national code named Safe Technology Monitoring Rules of Pressure
Tank and internal code named GB150 Steel Pressure Tank.
压力罐设有进油口（一般为 2 个,根据业主要求，有的设有 3 个）、放油口、主供
油口、辅助供油口、人孔（或检察孔）以及连接空气安全阀、压力表计、油位计、进
气放气阀的孔口，除进气放气孔口和空气安全阀孔口外，压力罐其它各孔口在内部的
管口都处于低油位以下的位置，以防止压力罐内油位处于低油位时，空气进入调速系
统。
The pressure tank is consisted of two oil inlets(sometimes 3 required by the client),
oil discharging port, main oil supply port, auxiliary oil supply port, man hole(or
check hole), safety valve, presssure meter, oil level meter, holes for oil in and out.
Except holes for oil in and out valve, other holes on the pressure tank are lower
than the low oil level position in order to prevent governor system from air when the
oil level in the tank is at low level.
107
组合式油压装置 combined oil pressure device：
压力罐下部焊有大法兰座，以便安装在回油箱上。罐底部设有进人孔（或检察孔）
以及盖板，以便检修清洗。压力罐上部焊有二个吊耳，以供提吊压力罐使用。
At the lower part of pressure tank, a large flange paddle is welded for oil return
installation purpose. Access hole or check hole, and cover at the bottom of
pressure tank has been set for future check, repair and clean purposes. There are
2 lugs at the top of the tank for lifting purpose.
分离式油压装置 separate oil pressure device：
压力罐底部有一个安装支架，以便在现在单独安装，在安装支架底部有地脚螺栓
的固定孔。罐侧面设有进人孔（或检察孔）以及盖板，以便检修清洗。压力罐上部焊
有二个吊耳，以供提吊压力罐使用。
The botton of the pressure tank is a installed support in order to epuip
alone ,Lashing eye of holding down bolt is in the botton of the suprrot . Entrance
hole (checking hole )and cover is equipped on the side wall of the tank for clean
and repair easily.
蓄能器的安装 Installation of the accumulators
每个蓄能器都是安装在一个支架上，在蓄能器底部是用阀门及管路把蓄能器串连
在一起，在蓄能器的支架底部有地脚螺栓的固定孔，在电站现场安装时只需要把蓄能
器的支架上地脚螺栓孔固定好。
Each of the bladder accumulators is installed on the support , on the botton of the
bladder accumulators , valve and pipe put the bladder accumulators in series ,
There are Lashing eyes of holding down bolt is in the botton of the suprrot , you
only need to fix the Lashing eyes when installing .
10.4.2 回油箱装配 Oil return tank configuration
回油箱为矩形体，由钢板焊制而成。回油箱内部分成净油区和污油区二部分，其
间由隔墙及两个双层滤网分开。污油区汇集回油及漏油，经滤网流向净油区，供油泵
108
抽取。两个双层滤网可供油压装置在工作状态下，分别抽出进行清洗、检修或更换。
回油箱底部略向一端倾斜，在 低位处设有放油阀，在必须情况下，可通过此阀放掉
箱内的油。
The oil return tank is rectangle and welded by steel plate. Inside the tank, there are
two parts: clean area & dirty area which are sperated by wall and double filtrating
nets. The dirty oil area is used to collect return oil and leaked oil which flows to
clean area after filtration and is to be absorbed by oil pump. The nets can be
cleaned, repaired, maintained or replaced respectively when oil pressure device is
at work. The bottom of oil return tank is slope along one side. At its lowest position,
oil discharging valve is set, which can discharge oil if necessary.
回油箱的上面板设有人孔并加设人孔盖，人孔的正下面为安放双滤油网的滑道，
打开人孔板即可方便的取出或更换滤油网。在人孔盖的正中装有油箱呼吸器，以防止
被封闭的油箱内在油泵运行时被吸成负压。为保证油箱吸入的空气是清洁的，在呼吸
器上都装有空气滤清器。
On the top cover, oil return tank has equipped with man hole and its cover. Under
the man hole, it is slide channel for double oil filtration nets which are easy to be
taken or replaced by opening the hole. In the center of man hole cover, there is a
oil tank respirator to prevent minus pressure in the closed oil tank during the oul
pump operation. To keep air absorbed clean, the air filter on the respirator has
been installed.
为监测回油箱内部油位的高低，回油箱设有嵌入式油位指示器（系统图<1>）该
油位指示器可直接目测，也可对高油位和低油位发出报警信号。在配设了油位传感
器后，也可连续发出 4~20mA 或 0~10V 模拟量的信号，供计算机监控系统采集数据。
To monitoring the level of oil in the oil return tank, inserted oil level indicator
(system drawing (1)) in the oil return tank. It is visual and also sends alram on hign
or low level, if oil level transducer equipped, it also can send 4~20mA or 0~10V
simulation quantity signals continously for the data collection of computer
monitoring system.
109
往往由于空气的潮湿和水系统的渗漏，在水电站的油系统中被混入一部分水份，
这部分水份被带入液压系统的各类元件中，将造成金属零件的锈蚀，恶化了元件的技
术性能。介质油中被混入水后，易造成油质乳化，使油变质。为检测回油箱中贮油的
含水率，往往在回油箱中装设油混水信号装置。当油箱中的油，含水量超过报警设定
值时，会提醒工作人员及时进行检察和处理。
Sometimes due to air moisture or leakage from water system, part water has been
mixed in the oil system in the hydro power station. This water has been distributed
to different components of hydraulic system to make metal part rust and erode,
which is harmful of technical performance. Oil mixing with water is easy to make
oil emulsification and metamorphose. To test the water content in the oil return tanl,
oil and water mixture signal device is always equiped in the oil return tank. When
water suspass the alarm value, it will remind operator to check and find a solution.
110
10.4.3 油泵组 /Oil pump group
油泵是油压装置的心脏。介质油通过油泵加压，才能被输送到液压系统的各个部
位。油泵是通过联轴器与电机相联而被电机拖动的。目前，油压装置采用的油泵均为
容积式的三螺杆泵或直齿共轭内啮合齿轮泵。
注意/Warning 首次使用或长期（三个月以上）停机后再使用，应通过排油口向油泵
内注一些工作油，并在承载前先空载运转 10 分钟以上。
Reuse after the first time or long-term stop(more than 3 month), work
oil through the oil discharing port shall be injected into the oil pump and
it shall work at least 10 minutes off-load before loading.
油泵工作时，其轴转向必须同泵体上箭头所示方向一致，传动轴不得
承受径向载荷。
When oil pump works, its axial rotating direction shall be in line with
direction marked by the arrow, and no radial load is allowed by the
rotating axial.
为了保证橡胶密封件的寿命， 大持续工作油温不得超过 50 。
To guarantee the lifetime of rubber sealings, max oil temperature
during continous work shall not exceed 50
油泵进出口法兰在连接时，螺栓必须拧紧，以免吸入空气或漏油。
During the connection of inlet & outlet flange of the oil pump, the bolt
must be fixed in order to avoid air in or oil leakage.
油泵进油口的油位应始终保持在 150mm 以上，以避免油泵吸入空气。
The level of oil inlet shall be higher than 150mm to protect agaist air
absorption by the oil pump.
净油区与回油区之间一般设有双层滤油网，应经常清理，以保证油泵
有充足的供油。
Double oil filtration nets between the clean area and oil return area
shall be often cleaned to keep oil supply smooth.
油泵在 高压力（额定压力）运行时，一般不要超过 30S。
The time for oil pump running at highest pump shall not more than 30S.
111
The oil pump is heart of oil pressure device. The media oil only can be sent to
different components of the hydraulic system through the oil pump that is driven by
a motor connecting with coupling. Nowadays, oil pumps used in the oil presure
devices are pump with three screws or straight tooth-gear conjugate internal pump.
10.4.3.1 螺杆油泵 Screw oil pump (one kind pump to each device)（每个设备只配置一种油泵）:
螺杆泵是利用互相咬合的三根螺杆来排送液体的转子泵，壳体、衬套和上下端盖
组成泵体。衬套为三个互相平行而且互相连通的圆柱孔，中间圆柱孔内装有一根特殊
断面的主动螺杆，两边各装一根与其啮合的从动螺杆，螺杆间及螺杆与衬套间互相配
合，保持均 而微小的间隙，使油泵分为吸油腔与压油腔。泵组固定在回油箱上，油
泵吸油腔通过吸油管与回油箱净油区联通，压油腔经单向阀或阀组与压力罐相联。当
电机驱动主动螺杆时，油在螺杆间及螺杆与衬套间行成的油腔里，沿轴线移动，由吸
油腔被压至压油腔。由于螺杆泵工作的连续性及啮合部分的良好密封，使螺杆泵的运
行平稳，且具有较高的效率。
The screw pump, using three occulsive screws to discharging liquid, is consisted
of rotating pump, shell body, lining, up and low ends covers. The lining is consisted
of three parallel and connected column holes, In the middle hole, there is a main
and special screw, and 2 auxiliary screws at two sides. Screws, srcrew and lining
are cooperated with each other , keep average and slight intervals to make the oil
pump spilting into absorption and pressure resrvairs. The pump group is fixed on
the oil return tank. The absorption is connected with the clean oil area through oil
absorption tube. The pressure reservair is connected with pressure tank through
one way valve or valve group. When the main screw driven by the motor, oil is in
the reservair formed by screws, and bewten screw and lining, it moves along the
axis and is pressed to the pressure reservair from oil absorption reservair. Due to
its continuty and good sealing of joggle, the screw is stabl and high efficient.
10.4.3.2 直齿共轭内啮合齿轮泵 Internal & straight tooth gear pump：
112
NB 系列直齿共轭内啮合齿轮泵是一种设计新颖，具有国际先进水平的液压动力元
件。它具有结构简单、噪音低、寿命长、污染敏感性小等优点。目前已被水电设备行
业广泛的使用。
NB series Internal & straight tooth gear pump is hysraulic dynamic component with
a state-of-art design and internationally advance technology. Due to its simple
structure, low noise, long lifetime, small dirty sensitivity etc. it has been widely used
in the hydro power station.
该齿轮泵主要由泵体、齿轮、齿圈、轴、压盖等零件组成。齿轮齿廓为直线，齿圈
齿廓为直线共轭线。齿轮带动齿圈旋转，吸油腔体积由小到大产生真空吸油，排油腔
体积由大变小，挤压油液，使介质油液贮能排出。由于工作时几乎没有困油区，从而
大大降低了油泵的噪音和压力脉动。
The kind of pump is mainly consited of pump body, tooth gear, tooth ring, axis and
cover etc. the tooth-gear outline is linear and tooth ring is linear and conjugate.
Wheels drives ring rotating, oil absoption volume produces vaccum to absorb oil
from small to big; and oil discharge reservair discharing oil liquid to diacharge
media oil. Since there is almost no dead oil area, noise and pressure waving has
been largely decreased.
10.4.4 组合阀 combined valve
10.4.4.1 概述 General description
由于组合阀具有集成化程度高、体积小、结构紧凑、密封性能好、过流能力大、
使用寿命长等特点，目前已广泛应用于水电站油压设备，成为油压装置中的重要部件。
组合阀是根据不同的油压装置油泵的流量配不同的组合阀，在此说明书中以 JSZF 组
全阀做为例子讲解（操作人员在使用组合阀前请阅读组合阀说明书）：
Due to the features of highly integration, small volume, compact structure, good
sealing, over flow capability, long lifetime, it has been widely used in oil pressure
device of hydro power station and becomes an important part of oil pressure device.
combined valve configures different combined valve according to different fiow of
113
oil pump , the manual take JSZF mofular as example to state .(Operater should
read the manual in detail before putting into use .)
10.4.4.2 主要参数 main parameters
设计流量：1.4L/S 3L/S 6L/S 10L/S
Design flow: 1.4L/S 3L/S 6L/S 10L/S
工作油压：2.5MPa 4.0MPa 6.3Mpa
Work oil pressure : 2.5MPa 4.0MPa 6.3Mpa
进、出油口通径 DN25、DN32、DN40、DN50、DN65
Diameter of oil inlet/outlet: DN25、DN32、DN40、DN50、DN65
10.4.4.3 结构特点 structure features
本阀由两个插装元件和三个先导阀所组成，它包含了逆止阀、卸载阀、安全阀和
卸荷阀的功能。在先导阀 YV1 YV2 YV3 控制下，主阀 CV1 完成开启和关闭的动作。
CV2为逆止阀。由于组合阀系统采用先导控制，因此当组合阀工作时无噪音、无震动、
运行平稳。
组合阀设有三个油口，组合阀压力油进口 P、组合阀出油口 P1与组合阀回油口 T，
P 口与油泵出口相连，出油口 P1与压力罐进口相通，回油口 T 与油箱相连。
液压系统图中，两个插装元件（一个主阀和一个逆止阀）及三个先导阀符号表示
为：
CV1-主阀
CV2-逆止阀
YV1-卸载先导控制阀
YV2-安全先导控制阀
YV3-卸荷先导控制阀
The valve is composed of two plug-in components and three pilot valves, which will
perform as the backwards valve, shutoff valve, security valve and load-shed valve.
In the control of pilot valves (YV1 YV2 YV3), the mainly valve (CV1) is responsible
114
for the start and close. The CV2 works as backwards valve. The combination valve
system adopts the pilot control, so there is no noise or no oscillation when working.
There are three holes of the combination valve, first is P for the entrance of
pressured oil，the second is P1 for the exit of the compressed oil, and the last is T
for the return of the oil. P is connected with the exit of the oil pump, and P1 has
connection with the entrance of the pressure tank, while T is linked with the oil tank.
In the figure of the liquid pressure system, the two plug-in components（one is the
mainly valve and the other is the backwards valve）and three pilot valve is
represented as
CV1-mainly valve
CV2-the backwards valve
YV1-pilot control valve for shutoff
YV2-pilot control valve for security
YV3-pilot control valve for load-shedding
10.4.4.4 工作原理 Working principle （参见组合阀系统图）(please refer to the system diagram of combined valve)
10.4.4.4.1 卸载阀 Shut-off Valve
由于大功率油泵的电动机惯量大，所以从启动到稳定状态需要一定的时间。如果
在螺杆泵达到额定流量之前带上负载，则对油泵、液压系统均十分不利。采用卸载阀
可以使油泵启动时处于卸荷状态，直到电动机转速达到一定值后，油泵才能输出额定
工作压力和流量的压力油。
卸载阀是由卸载先导 YV1与主阀 CV1组成。
油泵启动时，由于 P1 的作用，逆止阀 CV2 处于关闭状态。卸载阀在弹簧作用下
处于开通状态。主阀 CV1控制腔无压力油，油泵压力油流过 CV1主油口回到回油箱。
随着电动机转速增加，P 口压力逐渐上升，控制油到达卸载阀上腔并克服弹簧力使活
塞移动，关闭卸载阀。此时压力油进入 CV1控制腔，使 CV1关闭。从而 P 口压力达
到额定压力值，单向阀打开，向压力罐供油。当停泵后，卸载阀又恢复起始状态。卸
载阀的动作压力可通过 YV1弹簧预紧力进行调整。
The inertia of the electric motor is very large for large power oil pumps, so it will
115
take a certain period from staring to working normally. It will do harm to the oil
pump and liquid pressure system, if the load is taken before the screw pump
reaches its nominal flux. If the shut-off valve is adopted, the oil pump will stay in the
condition of load-shedding when initiating. Till the rotation speed of the electric
motor reaches a special value, can the oil pump output the pressured oil in nominal
pressure and flow.
The shut-off valve consists of shut-off pilot valve YV1 and the mainly valve
CV1.
When the oil pump starts to work, the backwards valve CV2 is in the state of
close, due to P1. The shut-off valve is in the state of open because of the spring.
There is no pressured oil in the control cavity in the mainly valve CV1. The
pressured oil in the oil pump return to the oil return tank through the mainly oil
hole CV1.As the motor rotates faster and faster, the pressure in the P is
increasing. When the control oil reaches the upper cavity of the shut-off valve,
and overcome the power of the spring, the piston will move and close the shut-off
valve. At this time, the pressured oil comes into the control cavity of CV1, and
makes it close. As a result, the pressure in P reaches its nominal value, and the
one-way valve is opened to offer oil to the pressure tank. When the pump stops,
the shut-off valve restore to the initial state. The working pressure of the shut-off
valve can be adjusted by the preset spring force of YV1.
10.4.4.4.2 安全阀 Security Valve
安全阀是为保证压力罐内油压不超过允许值而设置的泄放装置，以防止油泵与压
力罐过载，并保护其安全。
安全阀是由安全先导阀 YV2和主阀 CV1组成。
当发生故障时，油泵仍然运转，油压继续升高，当压力作用于先导控制阀 YV2的
推力大于整定弹簧力时，则 YV2 动作，使 CV1 控制的油排泄。此时，在 P 口压力作
用下主阀 CV1 被推开，逆止阀 CV2 关闭，使油泵工作在自循环状态下，压力罐及油
泵都能保持在额定的压力下工作。
The security valve is a kind of leaking equipment set for safety, to make sure
116
that the oil pressure in the pressure tank will not exceeds some allowable valve.
The security valve consists of security pilot valve YV2 and mainly valve CV1.
When fault happens, the oil pump works all the same, while the oil pressure
increases. When the pushing force to the pilot control valve YV2 caused by the
pressure exceeds the preset spring power, the YV2 works to expel the oil controlled
by CV1. In the meantime, the mainly valve CV1 is pushed away by the pressure of P,
and the backwards valve CV2 closes. The oil pump works in the status of
self-circulation, and the pressure tank and oil pump works in the nominal pressure
all the same.
10.4.4.4.3 卸荷阀 Load-Shedding Valve
卸荷阀（即旁通阀）是由卸荷先导阀 YV3与主阀 CV1组成。它是为油泵作连续运
行而设置的。油泵采用连续工作时，压力罐内的压力随流量而变化，当输入流量大于
输出流量时，压力来自油泵控制油源，因为 CV1 控制腔泄油，使 CV1 活塞被推开，
主油道压力油随之排油泄荷，使油泵工作在自循环状态。随着系统的消耗，压力罐内
油压逐渐降低，当压力罐的压力达到工作油压下限时，卸荷先导阀 YV3在弹簧力作用
下关闭。CV1控制腔随着建压而关闭主阀，油泵恢复向压力罐供油。安全阀和卸荷阀
动作压力，可以分别通过 YV2、YV3的弹簧予紧力来调整。（无此工矿，将此阀切除）
The load-shedding valve （ i.e. by-pass valve ） is composed of the
load-shedding pilot valve YV3 and the mainly valve CV1, and is set for the
continuous working of the oil pump.
The oil pump works all day long, and the pressure of the pressure tank
changes as the flow. When the input flow is larger than the output one, the
pressure will increase. When the working pressure is larger than the upper limit,
the pressure of the control cavity in the load-shedding pilot valve YV3 overcomes
the spring force, and cut off the oil resource from the oil pump. The control cavity
of CV1 gives the oil out, and the piston of the CV1 will be pushed away. The
pressured oil in the mainly oil circuit leaves out, and the oil pump will work in the
self-circulation status. As the consuming of the system, the oil pressure in the
pressure tank decreases. Till the power falls below the lower limit of the working
117
oil pressure, load-shedding pilot valve YV3 will be closed by the spring force. The
control cavity of CV1 closes the mainly valve, and the oil pump restarts to supply
oil to the pressure tank. The operation pressure of the security valve and the
load-shedding valve could be adjusted by the preset spring force of YV2 and YV3.
(There is no such work condition, please cut off this valve)
10.4.4.4.4 逆止阀 The backwards valve
在压力油通往系统前设有一逆止阀 CV2。由于 P1压力的作用，逆止阀处于关闭状态。
油泵启动后，经卸载阀 YV1的卸载作用，直到主阀 CV1关闭，P 口的压力上升到一定
压力克服逆止阀背压，打开逆止阀向压力罐充油。
There is a backwards valve CV2 in the way of the pressured oil to the system. It is
closed because of the pressure of P1. When the oil pump starts，with the help of the
shut-off valve YV1，the mainly valve CV1 closes. The pressure of P increases to a
certain value, and overcome the of the backing pressure of the backwards valve，
so that，the backwards valve is opened to supply oil to the pressure tank.
10.4.4.5 组合阀调整与安装 The Adjustment and Checkup of the Combination Valve
10.4.4.5.1 调整安全阀 Adjust the security valve
调整 YV2的调节螺钉，使主阀 CV1在油压高于工作油压上限 2％后开始排油，在
油压高于工作油压上限 16％之前应全部开启，（本阀可在高于工作油压上限 10％之
前就可全部开启）达到全排油，并使压力罐内的油压不再升高。当压力降到工作油压
下限之前应全部关闭。调整时按顺时针方向缓慢转动螺钉，压力逐渐达到整定值，反
复调试几次，整定压力值无变化后，将调节螺钉用螺母锁紧。
Adjusting the adjusting screw of the security pilot valve YV2, once the oil pressure
of the main valve CV1 exceeds the upper limit of the working oil pressure by 2%,
begin to expel the oil. And it should be totally opened, before the oil pressure
exceeds the upper limit of the working oil pressure by 16%,(This valve could be
totally opened, before the oil pressure exceeds the upper limit of the working oil
pressure by 10%), so as to drain all the oil, and stop the increase of the oil
pressure in the pressure tank. Before the pressure decreases till the lower limit of
118
the working oil pressure, it should be closed totally. Rotating the bolt clockwise
when adjustment, the pressure will reach the setting value gradually. Do it time and
time again, till the setting value does not change any more, and lock the adjusting
screw with nut.
10.4.4.5.2 调整卸荷阀 Adjust the relief valve
通过旋转卸荷先导阀 YV3的调整螺钉，使主阀 CV1在压力罐内压力高于工作油压
上限时开始排油，随即全排。并使压力罐内油压不再升高，当压力降到工作油压下限
时应全部关闭。
调整方式与安全先导阀相同。
Rotating the adjusting bolt of the relief pilot valve YV3, once the pressure in the
pressure tank of the main valve CV1 exceeds the upper limit of the working oil
pressure, it begins to drain oil, till empty. Make sure the oil pressure in the pressure
tank will not increase, and close down till the pressure diminishes to the lower limit
of the working oil pressure.
The adjusting manner of the relief pilot valve is the same as that of security pilot
valve.
10.4.4.5.3 卸载阀检查 Check the unloading valve
油泵电机从静止状态到额定转速时，卸载时间一般在 2-6 秒范围内，卸载时间若太
长，应仔细清洗零件，保证活塞滑动轻快，没有卡阻现象，或加大阻尼节流孔，卸载
时间若太短，应减小节流孔，延缓 YV1的动作速度。
The duration time for oil pump electrical motor, from stationary state to nominal
rotation speed, is about 2-6 seconds. If the duration time is too long, please clean
the parts carefully, and make sure that the piston slides trippingly, without any
baffle, or increase the orifice. Otherwise, if the duration time is too short, please
diminish the orifice, prolonging the activity of YV1.
10.4.4.5.4 逆止阀检查 Check the backwards valve
观察油泵停止工作后，逆止阀是否能迅速关闭严密，防止压力罐的油倒流，若动作
不灵活，应检查阀芯是否有卡阻，控制孔是否堵塞，排除异常后重新试验。
Once the oil pump stops working, make sure the backwards valve shut down
immediately and tightly, so as to prevent the oil in the pressure tank flowing
119
backwards. If the valve is not flexible, please check the spool and the control hole.
Please test again, when the abnormality is already get rid of.
在拆除先导阀 YV1 YV2 YV3及阀盖之前，必须将组合阀通向压力罐油路上的截止阀
关闭，因为先导阀的控制油来源于单向阀的后级。关闭截止阀可避免压力油从控制口
喷出。
Make sure to chose the shutoff valve in the oil circuit from the combination valve to
the pressure tank, before the removal of pilot valve (YV1 YV2 YV3) and cover.
Because the control oil of the pilot valve comes from the latter of the one-way valve.
Closing the shutoff valve will prevent the oil under pressure from rejecting through
the control hole.
10.4.5 主要采用的自动化元件及检测、控制元件简介 Brief introduction of main
automatic, test and ontrol components 10.4.5.1 压力罐油位计（蓄能器式无此装置）Oil level meter of pressure tank ( It is
not included in the bladder accumulators)
压力罐油位计根据用户要求，可配置不带发讯装置的油位计和带发讯装置的油位
计。不带发讯装置的油位计在油压装置传统设计上是采用有机玻璃制成，用于显示压
力罐内的油位高低以供目测。为防止有机玻璃表板破裂造成喷油，一般都设有自动安
全装置。随着水电站自动化水平的不断提高，为满足水电站的自动控制和计算机监控
的需要，现代油压装置的压力罐油位计多采用浮子式磁翻柱液位计。它不但能直观的
反映压力罐内油位的高低，还可以根据用户的配置要求，发出反映液位变化的电流
（4-20mA）或电压（0-10V）连续模拟量信号及各设定液位的开关量报警信号，并可
在线对报警值进行调整。
Whether equiping with message sending device, depending on the client. The
meter without such device in traditional design is made of organic glass and used
to show the oil level in the pressure tank. To avoid oil spray due to glass crack,
generally the automatic safety device is equipped. With the improvement of power
station automation, in order to meet the automatic control and computer monitoring
requirements, float type magnetic level meter is used in modern oil pressure device.
120
This type of meter is not only show the level intuitionistic but also show the
simulation signal of current （4-20mA）or voltage（0-10V）and switchgear quantity
alarm signal of all set level switchgear quantity, adjust the alarm value online by
equiping with related device under the client’s requirements.
浮子式磁翻柱油位计一般是通过法兰连接在压力罐上，法兰公称通径，我厂产品标
准一般选 DN20，使用压力同压力罐额定压力。油位计的开关量发讯接点和模拟量发
讯传感器都通过卡子卡装在油位计本体上，拆卸及调整方便。传感器工作电压：
DC24V。
It is usually connected with presure tank by flange whose norminal diamater is
selected DN20 by Strong to make the pressure same as rated one of the tank.
Switchgear quantity message sending joint of the level and simulation message
sending transducer,which is easy to be dismantled and adjusted, are installed on
the meter body through the clip. The transducer work voltage is DC24V.
10.4.5.2 自动补气装置(选配) Automatica air replenish device(optional) 自动补气装置一般由两个电磁阀、一个安全阀、一个排气阀、四个手动阀及管件组
成，具有自动或手动向压力罐内充入压缩空气或排出压缩空气的功能，以维持水电站
油压装置压力罐内的油气比。
Generally speaking, the automatica air replenish device is consited of one safety
valve, one air discharge valve, 4 manual valve and tubes. It has manual and
automatic inject or discharge compresed air into the pressure tank in order to keep
the ration between oil and air from the oil pressure device.
自动补气装置的自动工作况态是通过自动控制回路来实现的。补气装置一般是间断
工作，也可长期工作。
The automatic work condition of the automatica air replenish device is realied by
automatic control circuit. The device usually works from time to time but also can
be continous work.
对配置了自动补气装置的油压装置，用户在使用前请详细阅读自动补气装置生产厂
121
家的《使用说明书》。
If oil pressure device with the automatica air replenish device equipped, please
read its instructions before using it.
10.4.5.3 回油箱油位信号器（选配）oil level singal indicator of oil return
tank(Optional)
回油箱油位信号器主要是用来监视回油箱内的储油量。根据油位的高低，发出不
同目的报警信号。
It is used to monitor the oil level in the tank and send different alarms in the light of
levels.
回油箱油位信号器，产品品种繁多，结构各异，但其发挥的基本功能是一样的。
一是供现场目测，二是根据油箱内油位的高低发出开关量的报警信号，三是测量油位
的连续变化，发出模拟量的信号。目前国内用户使用较多的是以下二种油位计：
There are different kinds of this product with different structure but their basic
functions as the same: 1. site monitoring; 2. sending alarm signals in the light of
the level; 3. measure continous oil level change and send simulation quantity
signals. Currently the following two types are widely used:
A. 油压装置原配套设计的油位信号计：该油位计是由指示管、干簧继电器、磁环、
浮杆、浮子等主要零件所组成，浮子随着油位高低而上下移动，磁环随之处于不同位
置而使干簧继电器的常开接点闭合或释放，从而发出开关量的信号。油位计的指示管
上有刻度，便于电站运行人员观测和监视回油箱内油位的高低。该油位计没有油位的
传感器，因此不能对外提供模拟量信号。
A. orignally designed oil level signal meter of oil pressure device: consisted of
indication tube, reed relay, magnetic ring, float pole, floater etc. and the floater
moves up and down in line with the high to low oil level. Magnetic rings at different
positions makes constant open joint close or release of reed relay to finally send
the switchgear quantity signal. There are scares on the indication tube, which is
convenient for the operator observes and monitors the oil level. There is no oil level
transducer in the meter so that it can not provide simulation quantity signal outside.
122
B. 回油箱油位信号器，也可配置浮球式磁翻柱油位计，即可目视，又可根据用户要
求发出开关量信号和模拟量信号。
B. oil level signal of oil return tank also can be equipped with float and magnetic oil
level meter. It can be visual and send switchgear quantity signal and simulation
quantity signal depending on the client.
10.4.5.4 油混水信号装置（选配） oil mixing water signal device(optional) 油混水信号装置是检测油压装置回油箱内油中水含量的仪器，当回油箱中的油含水
量超过报警设定值时，通过报警提醒值班人员及时采取措施去掉油中水份，确保系统
内油质质量，保证机组的安全运行。
The oil mixing water signal device is used to measure the water content in the oil in
the oil return tank of the oil pressure device. When the content value exceed the
given value, alarm will remind watcher to find solution to ensure the oil quality in
the system and keep unit safe.
该装置由电容式传感器组成。传感器置入被测介质油中，由于水的混入，介质油的
某些介电值发生变化，使传感器内部电路产生某种反映了油中含水率变化的信号。该
信号经处理后，输出报警信号。该装置分顶装、侧装、底装三种安装方式。
The device is consisted of capacitance transducers which are inserted into the
midea oil. Oil quality has changed due to mixture of water, which produce signals in
the transducer showing the ratio chane. After treatment, sending alarm signal. The
device can be installed in 3 different ways: installing at top, side and bottom.
10.4.5.5 压力表、压力控制器、压力变送器（选配）Pessure meter, pressure
controller and pressure transmitter(Optional)
压力表、压力控制器、压力变送器都是反映油压装置压力罐内压力参数的常用仪
表
Pessure meter, pressure controller and pressure transmitter are instruments
showing pressure parameters changes in the pressure tank.
123
A. 压力表是专门反映压力罐内瞬间压力值，供运行人员现场目测的仪表，也可做
为压力控制器、压力变送器各压力参数整定的参照仪表。
A. pressure meter is an istrument used for showing pressure value and visually test
by operator, it also can be used for parameters adjustment of pressure controller,
pressure transmitter,
B. 压力控制器也叫压力开关，是提供压力参数开关电量信号的一种仪表，专门用
做控制工作油泵和备用油泵的启动和停止、油压过高或过低发出报警信号、自动补气
装置补气或放气的自动控制等。压力控制器的种类很多，名称也不一，诸如压力继电
器、电接点压力表等也都是压力控制器。目前用的 多的还是电接点压力表，其优点
是调整方便、目测直观、维护方便。
The pressure controller is also named pressure switchgear, which provides
pressure meter switchgear quantity signal, specializes in control the startup and
stundown of work pump and backup pump, sending over high or low pressure
alarm and control of air replenish or release. There are many kinds of pressure
controllers with different names such as pressure relay, electric contact pressure
meter ect also pressure controller. The most used is electric contact pressure
meter whose advantaegs are conveniet adjustment, visual test and easy
maintenance.
C. 压力变送器，可连续提供压力模拟量的仪表，以适应自动控制和计算机监控的需要。
The pressure transmitter can provide pressure simulation quantity continously in
order to meet automatic control and computer monitoring requirments.
10.5 油压装置的安装 Installation of Oil Pressure Units
由于油压装置体积一般都比较大，不便于运输，生产厂家在发货前，都需将其
解体发运，到工地后再重新组装。为了方便安装人员组装，现将油压装置的安装顺
序说明如下，仅供参考：
Since the volume of oil pressure device is usually large and difficult for
transportation, the manufacturer will disasseble and reinstallation needs to be
done again at site. To make it convenient, the sequence of installation is describes
as following for your reference.
124
对于 1.6m 3以下的油压装置，在便于运输的前提下我公司也有可能不解体就发
运。这样到现场就不需要重新组装，只需要进行整体安装。
For the oil pressure device whose volume is below 1.6 m 3 ,STRONG may
undisassembly departure to tansport easily , so there is no need to assemble and
install in the scene , only need to install as a whole.
10.5.1 回油箱的安装 Installation of oil return tank
悬挂式油箱安装方式 Installation of Hanging mode oil tank
A. 将回油箱吊装到基坑内 Lift the oil return tank to the foundation;。
B. 在回油箱六个支撑部分，选择三个支点，将调水平的螺母焊在支撑上，并将螺
栓旋入，与基础接触，每个螺栓下部垫一块小铁板 Select three supporting points for
the six supports of the oil return tank, weld level- adjusting nuts to the supports,
rotate the stud bolt into it till the stud bolt connects with the foundation, and put a
small metal plate below each bolt;。
C. 利用调水平螺栓调整回油箱上平面的水平度（可用水平仪或水平尺测量）
Adjust the levelness on the oil return tank through the nut that adjust level
(measure the levelness with level instrument or level bar);。
D. 回油箱上平面水平度调整好后，将回油箱的六个支撑的下部全部用楔铁垫实。
Stabilize the lower parts of the six supports of the oil return tanks with drill key after
the levelness of the oil return tanks is adjusted;
E. 用混凝土沙浆将回油箱固定 Fix the oil return tank with concrete grout.。
落地式油箱的安装方式 Installation of console oil tank A. 将回油箱吊装事先预留好的安装位置
A. To hang the oil return tank to the aufgehoben installation site
B 调整好回油箱上平面的水平度（可用水平仪或水平尺测量） B.adjusting the levelness of the horizon of the oil return tank (gradienter Or track level bar can be used to measure ) C．把地脚螺栓与回油箱固定。
C.Fixed the holding down bolt and the oil return tank.
125
10.5.2 压力罐的安装 Installation of pressure oil tank
待回油箱浇铸的混凝土凝固后，即可按以下步骤安装压力罐 Please install the
Pressure oil tank according to the following steps after the concrete that fixes the
oil return tank is solidified：
组合式油压装置的安装方式 Installation of the combined oil pressure device：
A. 将压力罐的起吊点设置在回油箱压力罐口的正上方。
Set the lifting point of the pressure oil tank on the upper part of mouth of the
pressure tank of the oil return tank;
B. 将压力罐移至回油箱附近，将底部靠近回油箱的压力罐口。除去外部的所有包
装，并将起吊钢缆系在压力罐上部的耳环上。Move the pressure oil tank to the vicinity
of the oil return tank, and near its lower part to the mouth of the pressure tank of
the oil return tank. Remove all its outside packages, and fix the wire cable to the
tongue on the upper part if the pressure oil tank;
C.检查各项起吊工作准备完毕并确定可靠时，可正式起吊压力罐。在压力罐起吊
过程中，上部不断的被拉起，而下部要逐渐的滑入回油箱上的压力罐安装孔内，直至
压力罐被竖立，压力罐体上的法兰与回油箱体上的法兰完全接触为止。Lift the
pressure oil tank after the lifting work is well prepared and becomes reliable. In the
process of lifting the tank, the upper part could be lifted gradually, and the lower
past should be moved to the installation hole of the pressure tank of the oil return
tank till the pressure oil tank is erected. The flange on the pressure oil tank should
be connected with the flange on the oil return tank;
D.将压力罐的管口方位按图调整好：将压力罐上的法兰的连接孔与回油箱上的连
接口对齐。Adjust the direction of mouth of pressure oil tank in line with the diagram,
and align the connection hole of flange on the pressure oil tank with the connection
mouth on the oil return tank;
E.将压力罐与回油箱连接用的螺钉上好，但不要拧紧。Fix the bolt that connects
the pressure oil tank with the oil return tank;
F.松开吊装压力罐的绳索。Loosen the rope that lifts the pressure oil tank
126
分离式油压装置的安装方式 Installation of separated oil pressure device
A. 将压力罐的起吊点设置在事先预留好的压力罐安装位置的正上方。
A.Set the lifting point of the pressure oil tank on the upper part of the
aufgehoben installation site of pressure tank .
B. 将压力罐移至安装位置附近，除去外部的所有包装，并将起吊钢缆系在压力罐
上部的耳环上。
B. Moving the oil pressure tank to place nearby the installation site , unloading
all the package of outside , and fixing the wrie rope to the rings of the tank
upside.
C.检查各项起吊工作准备完毕并确定可靠时，可正式起吊压力罐。
C. After checking all preparing wrok and make sure it is reliable , and then to
hang up the oil pressure tank.
D 将压力罐底部的安装支架吊至靠近安装位置的地面，把地面事先预埋好的地脚
螺栓与安装支架的地脚孔对好。
D.Hanging up the installation support to the place nearby the installation
site ,and corresponding the the aufgehoben holding down bolt and the foot margin
hole of the support.
E.将压力罐的安装支架与地脚螺栓螺母拧紧。
E. Tightening the installation support and holding down bolt
F.松开吊装压力罐的绳索。
F.loosing the wrie rope of tank
10.5.3 电动机的安装 Installation of motor
用起吊工具将电动机吊装在油泵的电机支架上，并将连接螺孔对齐，电机安装时
要注意： Lift the motor to the motor support of oil pump with lifting instrument, and
align the connecting tap. Please pay attention to the following few points when the
motor is installed:
A.上下联轴器要对好，联轴器内的弹性块要放好。Fix well the upper and lower
connection shafts, and put well the elastic plate inside the connection shaft;
B.电机的电线盒的方位要靠近走线管，以便于以后的接线。The wire box of the
127
motor should near the wire pipe for the convenience of later wiring;
C.在电机就位后，用手盘动联轴器，转动要均 ，无卡阻情况。Move the shaft
coupling equally with hands after the motor is installed, and there should be free
from block.
以上检查无误，拧紧紧固螺栓。After the above points are checked up, please fix
the fastening stud bolt.
10.5.4 压力罐上各阀门及附件安装 Installation of valves and accessories of the
pressure oil tank
10.5.4.1 进油阀的安装 Installation of the filling valve
压力罐进油阀一般为 2 只截止阀，分别与压力罐上 2 个进油口用双头螺栓联接。
联接时阀门的阀杆要与压力罐垂直。压力罐与阀门接触面要垫好橡胶石棉垫，以确保
在油压装置工作时，密封面不漏油。
The filling valve of the pressure oil tank is two shut-off valves connecting with two
filling on the pressure oil tanks, through crew stud only. When they are connected,
the valve rod of the valve should be vertical to the pressure oil tank. The rubber
asbestos mat should be put under the connection surfaces of the pressure oil tank
and the valve so that the sealing surface could not leak oil when the oil pressure
units work normally.
10.5.4.2 放油阀的安装 Installation of release valve
压力罐放油阀为 1 只截止阀，在放油阀与压力罐放油口安装前，先将放油管与放
油阀的出口法兰用螺栓连接。然后将放油管插入油箱上面板上的放油孔内，安好后将
阀门与压力罐的放油口连接好，注意密封处要加橡胶石棉垫。
The release valve of the pressure oil tank is a shut-off valve. The outlet flange
between the release valve and the release pipe should be connected with stud
bolts prior to the installation of the between the release valve and the pressure oil
tank. Then the release pipe is inserted into the release hole on the panel of the oil
tank. After the installation, the release hole between the valve and the pressure oil
tank should be connected. The rubber asbestos mat should be put on the sealing
parts.
128
10.5.4.3 主压力油阀门的安装 Installation of main pressure oil valve
主压力油阀门为截止阀或球阀。将未安装外接法兰的一侧与压力油罐主油口用双
头螺栓连接。注意密封部位要加橡胶石棉垫。
The main pressure oil valve is cut-off valve or ball valve. Please connect the side
without external flange with the main oil port of pressure tank by bolt with two
heads. It is noted that the rubber asbestos mat should be put on the sealing parts.
10.5.4.4 辅助油口阀门的安装 Installation of assistant port valve
辅助油口阀门为截止阀，将其与压力油罐辅助油口用双头螺栓联接。注意在联接时
密封部位要加橡胶石棉垫。
The auxiliary oil port is cut-off valve. Please connect it with the auxiliary oil port of
pressure tank by bolt with two heads.It is noted that the rubber asbestos mat
should be put on the sealing parts.
10.5.4.5 油位计截止阀的安装 Installation of oil level shut-off valve
油位计截止阀为 2 只球阀。分别安装在压力油罐的油位计口，每个阀门用 4 只
M16 双头螺栓联接。连接时在其密封部位要加橡胶石棉垫。
The oil level shut-off valve is two ball valves, to be installed on the oil level meter
mouth of the pressure oil tank through four M16 screw studs respectively. It is
noted that the rubber asbestos mat should be put on the sealing parts.
10.5.4.6 空气安全阀的安装 Installation of air safety valve：
油压装置的空气安全阀安装在压力罐的顶部。用 4 只 M16 双头螺栓与压力罐顶部
的安全阀口联接，连接时在其密封部位要加橡胶石棉垫。
The air safety valve of oil pressure units is installed on the top of pressure oil tank,
connecting with the safety valve mouth of top of the pressure oil tank through four
M16 screw studs. It is noted that the rubber asbestos mat should be put on the
sealing parts.
129
10.5.4.7 补气放气阀的安装 Installation of air filler valve
补气放气阀为一个圆饼形的阀体，正面有手轮，背面与压力罐进气口用 4 只 M12
内六角螺钉连接，连接时在其密封部位要加橡胶石棉垫。
The air filler valve is a cake-like valve with a hand wheel on the front and the back
connecting with the charging hole of the pressure oil tank through four M12
socket head screws. It is noted that the rubber asbestos mat should be put on the
sealing parts.
10.5.4.8 表架的安装 Installation of shelf
压力罐一般有二个压力仪表表架的安装口，表架为组装式，与压力罐联接的法兰
为活动法兰，便于在表架安装时将表架调平。表架与压力罐用 4 只 M14 双头螺栓连
接，连接前须在密封处要加橡胶石棉垫。
The pressure oil tank is the installation mouth of two pressure instrument shelf and
the shelf is assembled, connecting with the moveable flanges of the pressure tank
for the convenience of adjusting the shelf while installing it. The shelf is connected
with the pressure tank through four M14 screw studs. It is noted that the rubber
asbestos mat should be put on the sealing parts.
10.5.5 回油箱上各阀门及附件的安装 Installation of valves and accessories of
oil return tank
10.5.5.1 回油箱放油阀的安装 Installation of oil discharging valve of the oil
return tank
回油箱放油阀用 4 只 M16 双头螺栓与回油箱底部放油孔连接，密封处加橡胶石棉
垫。
The oil discharging valve of the oil return tank is connected with the oil discharging
hole on the bottom of the oil return tank through four M16 screw studs. It is noted
that the rubber asbestos mat should be put on the sealing parts.
130
10.5.5.2 双滤油网的安装 Installation of double oil-filter screens：
打开人孔盖，将双滤油网插入人孔下面的滑道内即可。将人孔盖盖好，但不用拧
紧螺钉，因以后的许多试验要通过人孔来观察。
Open the over of the man hole, and insert the double oil-filter screens into the
sideway below the man hole. Cover the man hole, and do not fix the bolt as the
future check ups would be conducted through the man hole.
10.5.6 各自动化元件及仪表的安装 Installation of Automatic components
10.5.6.1 压力罐磁翻板油位计的安装 Installation of by-pass level indication and
thermometer of the pressure tank：
压力罐磁翻板油位计上的二个活动法兰分别与压力罐上油位计口已上好的阀门用
4 只 M16 螺钉连接，密封处加橡胶石棉垫。注意油位计不要倒置装，以铭牌字体为准。
The by-pass level indication and thermometer of the pressure tank, two moveable
flanges on it connected to of the pressure tank respectively through four M16 bolts.
It is noted that the rubber asbestos mat should be put on the sealing parts. The
by-pass level indication and thermometer should not be reversed for installation. It
should be subject to the characters on the nameplate.
10.5.6.2 回油箱磁翻板油位计的安装 Installation of by-pass level indication and
thermometer of the oil return tank：
回油箱油位计可直接将其安装在回油箱油位计口的法兰上，然后用螺钉紧固在回
油箱体上。
By-pass level indication and thermometer of the oil return tank. it could be directly
connected to the flange of the oil return tank and fixed to the oil return tank through
bolts.
10.5.6.3 自动补气装置的安装 Installation of automatic air filler device：
自动补气装置的安装底板已预先焊接在压力罐上，其位置在压力罐补气放气口下
约 400mm 处，可将自动补气装置通过 2 只 M12 螺钉直接固定在安装底板上。
The installation plate of the automatic air filler device has been welded on the
131
pressure tank, 400mm below the air filler port of the pressure tank. The automatic
air filler device could be connected to the installation plate directly through two M12
bolts.
10.5.6.4 压力表、电接点压力表、压力变送器的安装 Installation of manometer,
electro connecting pressure gauge, and pressure transducer：
压力表、电接点压力表、压力变送器均安装在表架上，其接口一般为 M20×1.5，
将它们可直接安装在表架的压力开关上，安装时注意以下两点：
The manometer, electro connecting pressure gauge, and pressure transducer
should be installed on the shelf. The interface is M20×1.5 and they could be
directly installed on the pressure switch of the shelf. The following two steps should
be highlighted in the process of installation:
A.安装前注意接头下面的“O”型密封圈，一定不要漏掉（表本身带，安装时不要弄
丢）。The “O” sealing ring below the interface should not be neglected (the meter
has the ring and do not neglect it in the process of installation);
B.拧紧以上表计时，不要直接旋转表体，否则压力表将被拧坏。正确方法是要用两
个扳手，一个固定表计，另一个旋紧压力开关的活动螺母。Do not mover the meter
itself when the above meters are installed. The right method is to use two
wrenches, one for fixing the meter and the other for moving the moveable nut of
the pressure switch.
10.5.7 油、气管路的安装 Installation of oil and air ducts：
油压装置设备本身的油、气管路的安装主要是油泵经组合阀至压力罐的油路安装和
自动补气装置至压力罐补气放气口的气路安装。
The installation of oil and air ducts of the oil pressure units mainly refers to the
installation of the oil duct from the radial valves of the oil pump to the pressure oil
tank and the installation of the air duct from the automatic air filler device to the air
filler hole of the pressure tank.
132
10.5.7.1 油泵至压力罐的油路安装 Installation of the oil duct from the oil pump
to the pressure tank：
设备在发货时，因油泵和组合阀都未从回油箱上拆下，所以管路安装只需将由组
合阀至压力罐进口阀门间的油管路连接好即可。该油管路是一个弯管、一头焊方法兰，
与组合阀连接，另一头是圆法兰，与压力罐进油口的阀门连接，在油管路连接前，均
须放好密封件，与组合阀连接处为“O”型圈，与压力罐进油口阀门连接处采用橡胶石
棉板。
每台油压装置有二台油泵，有两条油管路，第二条油管路安装与前相同。
安装时注意钢字头要一致，否则连接起来较困难。
When the product is delivered, as the oil pump and the valves are not dismantled
form the oil return tank, thus the installation of oil duct just requires to connect the
oil ducts from the valves to the inlet valves of the pressure tank. One end of the oil
duct is a bent pipe, welded to a flange and connected to the valves; the other end
is a round flange, connected with oil filler valve of the pressure tank. Before the oil
ducts are connected, the sealing parts should be set well, that is to say, to put “O”
ring to the valves and rubber asbestos mat to the oil filler valve of the pressure
tank.
Each oil pressure unit has two oil pumps and two oil ducts. The installation of the
other oil duct is the same as the that of the first one.
Prior to installation, the steel characterized end should be the same, otherwise, it is
quite difficult to conduct the installation.
10.5.7.2 自动补气装置至压力罐补气放气阀间的连接 Installation of the air duct
from the automatic air filler device to the air filler hole of the pressure tank.：
该气管的连接须将连接用的铜管或钢管分别与自动补气装置的出气口接头及压力
罐补气放气阀进气口的接头用氧气火焰铜焊的方式焊好即可。
The Copper duct used for the connected should be welded to the interface of
the discharging hole of the automatic air filler device and to the interface of the
charging hole of the air filler valve of the pressure tank through the mode of oxygen
and copper brazing method.
133
第十一章 漏油装置（选配）
Chapter XI Usage of Oil Leakage Device(optional)
11.1 安装须知 Note to installation
油压装置安装前请阅读此须知 Please read the information carefully below
before the installation
1、 漏油装置上的球阀为检修设置，平时为全开；
2、 油泵第一次启动前，应注入适量汽轮机油；
3、 如用户无要求，出厂时溢流阀整定为 1.6MPa；
4、 漏油装置应安装在系统回油、漏油管 低位置。
5、 漏油装置安装就位，并用螺栓固定；
6、 将球阀法兰上和油箱上焊接法兰的密封件（保留石棉橡胶密封垫）卸下；
7、 参照图纸中漏油装置安装图（LYZ40-AZ）配焊油管；
8、 将焊好的油管试压，要求试压压力 2.5Mpa、30 分钟无渗漏；
9、 将试压后的油管清洗干净；
10、 将清洗后的油管连同密封件一起装好；
11、 加入 150～350L 过滤后的透平油；具体油量视油箱容积而定；
12、 参照下面的说明书进行调整(有必要时)。
注意 Be careful 漏油装置必须正确地水平安装并用地脚螺栓将其固定，不可倾斜。
The Oil Leakage Device shall be installed horizontally and
fixed with bolt without any slope.
警告 Warning
漏油箱上部四个角有四个吊装耳，安装、移位可吊此处，不可挂吊
其它部位。 On the top of the Oil Leakage Device , there are four corners with four rings which (not somewhere else) can be used for installation and replacement.
134
1、 ball valve on the oil leakage device shall be set for inspection,
otherwise fully open;
2、 Paying attention to amount of turbine oil before the first start of the
oil-pump.
3、 The original overflow valve shall be 1.6Pa without the demand from
users.
4、 The oil leakage device shall be installed at the bottom of system
oil-sump and oil-leakage tubes.
5、 Once finish the installation of oil leakage device, fastening it with bolts.
6、 Dismantling the seals (except the asbestos and rubber seal gaskets)
which are on the flanges of ball-valves and oil tanks.
7、 Referring the installing diagram for oil leakage device to weld oil-tubes
8、 Testing welded oil-tubes and the standard pressure is 2.5Pa without
leakage in 30m.
9、 Cleaning tubes after the testing
10、 Keeping the cleaned tubes with seals
11、 Adding 150～350L filtrated turbine oil.
12、 Adjust in the light of following instruction (if necessary).
11.2 技术参数 Technology parameters
油泵电机功率：2.2KW
电 机 电 压：380VAC（三相交流电）
油泵电机转速：1420r/min
油泵输出流量：40L/min
大工作压力：2.5MPa
出厂整定压力：1.6MPa
油 箱 容 积：180L、360L、500L、1000L、1500L
油泵运行时间：3min～9min
135
Capacity of the pump motor: 2.2KW
Motor Voltage: 380VAC （tri-phase A/C）
Rotating speed of pumps: 1420r/min
Oil-pump output rate: 40L/min
Max pressure: 2.5MPa
Original pressure: 1.6MPa
Oil tank capacity: 180L、360L、500L、1000L、1500L
Oil-pump operating period: 3min～9min
11.3 主要零部件 The main accessories
1．溢流阀 overflow valve
溢流阀在此装置中作安全阀使用，正常时溢流阀常闭，当阀前压力小于调定的极
限压力值（出厂时为 1.6MPa）时，阀不溢流，当阀前压力超过此极限压力值时，阀
立即打开，油液即流回油箱，因此能防止液压系统过载，保护油泵和液压系统的安全。
顺时钟方向拧动手柄为压力调高。
此漏油装置中选用的溢流阀型号：Y-63B；流量：63L/min； 大工作压力：6.3Mpa。
Overflow valves here used as security valves. It will remains stop without overflow
if the valve pressure is lower than limited set value (the original value is 1.9Pa),
and it opens with overflow if higher. Thus this can avoid system overloading and
protect oil-pump and hydraulic system. Twisting along the clockwise to adjust the
pressure higher by handle.
The type of overflow ：y-63B, delivery rate：63/min; max pressure capacity: 6.3Mpa
注意 Be careful 合理调整溢流值后，用并帽将调整杆并紧，以免溢流值发
生变化，造成系统不能正常工作或发生危险。 After rational adjustment of overflow value, it shall be tightened by screw cap to avoid change of overflow value to cause abnormality or danger.
136
2．单向阀 one-way valve
单向阀只允许油液从一个方向通过，反向则不能通过，因此能防止液压系统的油
液在油泵停止时或安全阀打开时流回漏油装置。
此漏油装置中选用的单向阀型号：I-63B；流量：63L/min； 大工作压力：6.3Mpa。
Since one-way valves only allow liquid oil to pass in one direction, it can protect
the liquid oil in the hydraulic system from retuning to the oil leakage device when
stopping oil-pump or opening the safe valve.
Type of one-way valve: 1-63B; delivery rate: 63/min; max pressure capacity:
6.3MPa
3．吸油过滤器 oil-absorbed filter
吸油过滤器安装在油泵进油口上，用以保护油泵和液压阀不受杂质影响。
此漏油装置中选用的网式吸油过滤器型号：WU-100×180-J；流量：100L/min；
过滤精度：180µm。
The oil-absorbed filter is installed in the oil-pump entrance to protect the pump and
hydraulic valves from impurity
The type of oil-absorbed filter: WU-100×180-J (netting filter); delivery rate:
100L/min; filtrating precision 180µm。
4．齿轮油泵 gear oil-pump
CB-B40 齿轮油泵，它具有结构简单、维护方便、工作可靠等优点，广泛应用于
机床、工程机械等低压液压系统。
排量：40ml/转； 大工作压力：2.5Mpa。
注意 Be careful 长时间未使用再次使用时，须空载运行十分钟以上，才能
加载运行。 If the unit is to be reused after a long time, it shall be operated without load more than 10 minutes before load operation.
137
CB-B40 gear oil pump owns the simple structure, easy operation and reliable work,
and it is widely used in the low hydraulic system such as grinder and mechanism.
Displacement: 40ml/extension max pressure capacity : 6.3MPa
5．空气滤清器 air cleaner
此漏油装置中选用的空气滤清器型号：EF1-25。该产品把空气过滤和加油过滤合
为一体，简化了油箱的结构，以利于油箱中油液的净化，维持了油箱内的压力与大气
压力的平衡。它采用铜基粉末冶金烧结过滤片，过滤精度稳定，强度高，塑性好高，
拆卸方便，能承受热应力与冲击，并能在高温下正常工作。
We choose EF1-25 air cleaner. Its combination of air and oil filtrating simplifies the
oil tank structure, convenient for oil purifying and keep the pressure balance
between oil tank and atmosphere. The air cleaner employs filtrating slices
sintered by copper powder, which can secure higher filtrating extension, intensity
and plasticity, easy to be dismantled, what’s more, can bear the thermal stress and
work normally at higher temperature.
6．液位控制继电器 the hydraulic –level control relay
以下为我厂在漏油箱上配置的常规液位计参数及工作原理，液位控制继电器型号：
The parameter,working principle of normal liquid level meter, liquid level control
relay mode that STRONG configure on the oil leakage tank are as follows:
YKJD24-410-210-110（也可按用户要求配置）
YKJD24-410-210-110( It can also configure according to the demand of the client)
（1） 主要性能参考 The main functional reference
使用环境温度 temperature requirement：－20～＋100
动作时间 operating time：1.7
接触电阻 contact resistance：0.1
触点容量 contactor capacity：DC24(V)×0.2(A)
寿命（次）lifetime(per)：10 7
(2) 简介及工作原理 Brief Introduction and principles
138
YKJD 型液位控制继电器是一种新型液面高度电发讯控制装置，主要用于箱内液
体位置与液体源电机的自动控制或报警，具有结构紧凑，控制灵敏，安装简单等待点。
图 1 是该装置的剖面图及安装尺寸，工作时浮子随液面升高或降低，当液面将浮子升
上或降到发讯位置时，继电器动作常闭触点断开，常开触点闭合，以实现自动停机或
报警。YKJD24-410-210-110 型液位控制继电器有三只相同的浮子和三对相同触点。
YKJD hydraulic-level control relay, which is a new signal control device with
liquid-level, well-designed, keenly controlled and simply installed, is mainly used for
alarm or automatic control in the position of liquid of internal tanks and the motors.
Figure 1 is sectional drawing and size for installation. The floater ascends or
decreases following the level of liquid when it works. Contactor of the relay breaks
to stop automatically and alarm when the floater comes to the signal send position.
YKJD hydraulic-level control relay has three same floaters and three pairs of same
contactors.
图 1 Fig.1 图 2 Fig. 2
YKJD24-410-210-110 中
420 对应图 2 中 L1 为低油位（此时油泵应停止）；
139
210 对应图 2 中 L2 为高油位（此时油泵应启动）；
110 对应图 2 中 L3 为报警油位（此时油泵可能未启动，报警）
In YKJD24-410-210-110:
In the Figure2 ，420 is the low oil-level (oil-pump shall stop now)
In the Figure 2，10 is the high oil-level (oil-pump shall be started now)
In the Figure2， 110 is the alarm oil-level (oil-pump may not stop but alarm).
(3)接线端子图 Diagram for wirings and terminals
aviation plug
No.1 control point No.2 control point No.3 control point
YKJD24 wiring diagram for three-point liquid level control
140
第十二章 调速器安装调试维护说明
Chapter XII Description of Installing, Debugging and Maintaining
12.1 机械安装调试 Mechanic Installation and Debugging
12.1.1 装配 Assembling
参见第九、十、十一章。
Referring Chapter IX
12.1.2 零位调整 Zero setting
参见第九章。Referring Chapter IX
电机限位开关调整 Electro-mechanic limit switch adjustment
调速器切手动，以平衡位置为中间点，手动旋转手轮，限位块上下移动 6mm 即
可使电机限位开关动作，否则应调整电机限位块。限位开关动作时可将电机及驱动器
电源切断，使电机失磁，无油电转自动复中，接力器保持当前位置不动，以达到保护
机组和电机的目的。
The Governor shall be manual to make balance mid-point, and manually rotate
handwheel and remove limit up and down in 6mm, thus electro-mechanic limit
switch begin to run, if failing to do so, electro-mechanic limit may be adjusted.when
the limit switch is ruuning, please cut the power of the motor and driver to make
step-by-step motor lose magnetism and oil-free electro-hydraulic automatic middle,
and no change in the servomotor in order to protect the motor and units.
12.2 电气安装调试 Electric Installation and Debugging
机械安装调试完毕后即可进行电气安装调试。
Mechanic installation and debugging shall be done before that of electricity.
141
12.2.1 安装 Installation
1、柜体安装。柜体要安装牢固，可靠接地。
Cubicle shall be well and reliably installed。
2、外部接线。按照端子图将外部接线按要求接好。导叶/浆叶反馈、电机反馈、
机组有功、机频、网频、通讯电缆等要用屏蔽线，且不能跟动力电缆走一个线槽。交、
直流电源也不能跟动力电缆走一个线槽。
External wiring： connect the external wiring in accordance with the Terminal
Figure. Guide/runner plade feedback, motor feedback, unit active power, unit
frequency, net frequency and communication cables shall be Shielded wires, and
forbid to sharing the same trough with dynamic cables, so do A/C and D/C powers。
3、检查各电源是否短路，有无接地现象。
Check the power to see whether power sources shortly breaking and earthing
or not。
4、检查导叶/浆叶反馈、电机反馈、机组有功、机频、网频、通讯电缆等的接线，
除屏蔽线外，不能与大地短接。
Guide/runner plade feedback, motor feedback, unit active power, unit
frequency, net frequency and communication cables except Shielded wires forbid
警告/Warning
始终使用设备规定的电源电压,注意供电的稳定性.不正确的电压可
能引起误动作或烧毁。
Please always use the required voltage and be careful of its
stability since incorrect voltage may cause by mistake or burn。
注意直流电源的正负极性,切勿接反.否则将烧毁元器件。
Please be careful of the + & - polarity of DC; otherwise,
component burn may cause。
安装其它连接线时，注意按要求接线，并保证接线的正确性，否则
将烧毁元器件。
Please follow the requriemets when installing other connection
cables; otherwise, component burn may cause。
142
to being shortly connected with the ground。
5、检查各端子、插头连接是否牢固，各元件是否完好无损。
To see whether terminal and plug are well connected and fittings are out of
damage or not。
12.2.2 调试 Debugging
1. 导叶/桨叶反馈调整 Guide/runner plade feedback adjusting
导叶反馈调整按如下步骤进行 The steps are as follows：
（1）调整导叶反馈零点：调速器切手动，将接力器全关，松开固定反馈传感器
的紧固件，调整导叶反馈，使反馈电压在 80mV~200mV 即可锁紧紧固件，在导叶反
馈零点调整画面，按“零点确定”即可。
Adjusting zero of guide vane feedback： using Governor manually, closing
servomotors,loosing the fastener of the fixed feedback transmitter and adjusting
guide vane feedback to make feedback voltage between 80mV~200mV to lock
fastener . Press “zero determination“in the adjusting interface of zero of guide vane
feedback.
（2）调整导叶反馈全开值：手动将接力器全开，调整 大值反馈电位器（小电
位器），使反馈电压在 9.5V~10V 之间，在导叶反馈全开调整画面，按“全开确定”即可。
若反馈使用编码器时，只需手动将接力器全开，在导叶反馈全开调整画面，按“全开确
定”即可。
Adjusting full open value of guide vane feedback： opening the servomotor
manually and max adjusting feedback potentiometer (small one) to keep feedback
voltage between 9.5V~10V.Press“full-open determination“ in the adjusting interface
of full-open of guide vane feedback. If the encoder is used in feedback, it only
注意 Notes: 导叶和浆叶反馈的调整，必需在无水条件下进行调整。
The adjusting of feedback of guide vane and the runner
blades must be operated under no-water conditions.
143
needs to fully open the servomoter manually then press“full-open determination”in
the adjusting interface of full-open of guide vane feedback。
（3）将接力器全开和全关（用紧急停机电磁阀）几次，检查零点和全开值是否
改变，若改变值超过范围，请重新调整，直到满足要求为止。
Full open or close the servomotor for several times to see whether zero and
full open value has changed or not, if so, readjust until satisfication。
（4）根据导叶反馈零点和导叶反馈全开值，设置导叶反馈过高值和过低值，过
高值要大于全开值，过低值要小于零点值。设置时，范围要尽可能大一些。
Set over-high and excessively low values of guide vane feedback according to
the vane zero position and full open values. The over-high value shall be more than
open values while the excessively low values shall be less than zero. The value
range is the larger the better。
（5）零点和全开值调整完后，将接力器全开，调整导叶开度表背后的拨码开关，
向上拨动一次，确定开度表的全开值。然后再将接力全关，再将开度表背后拨码开关
向下拨动一次，确定度表的全关值即可。
With finishing of zero and full open adjustment, fully open the servometer,
adjust the potentiometer behind guide vane opening which shows 100%。
桨叶反馈调整方法同导叶反馈调整。
Plam vane feedback adjusting is ditto。
2. 电机反馈调整 Electro-mechanic feedback adjusting
如果电液转换器是无油电转，则需调整电机反馈。电机反馈调整按如下步骤进行：
If taking oil free electro-hydralic as tanducer ,you need to adjust the motor
feedback as follows：
（1）电机反馈安装时，应保证电机反馈在平衡位置能上下移动 6mm 以上。
注意 Notes: 电机反馈的调整，必需在无水条件下进行调整。
The adjusting of the motor feedback must be operated under no-water conditions.
144
electro-mechanic feedback installation shall ensure that electro-mechanic feedback
can move up and down beyond 6mm at the balance point。
（2）调速器切手动，接力器应保持不动，此时的电机反馈值即为电机反馈零点。
Manually use Governor and keep servomotor still, presently, the electro-mechanic
feedback value is electro-mechanic feedback zero。
（3）调整电机反馈传感器，使电机反馈零点电压为满量程电压的一半左右，然
后按“零点确定”即可将当前电机反馈值设为电机反馈零点。
If the electro-mechanic feedback is a sensor, there is no need to adusting
potentiometer in the light of max adjusting electro-mechanic feedback, the unique
necessity is to make voltage of electro-mechanic feedback zero half, then press
“zero determination” and set current of electro-mechanic feedback value as
electro-mechanic feedback zero。
（4）首先测量主配的 大关机行程，其方法参见机械液压系统上的的说明，然
后在电机反馈全关值调整画面，往关方向旋转电机，使电机反馈所走行程为 大关机
行程的 2 倍，然后按“全关确定”即可将当前电机反馈值设为电机反馈全关值。
In the interface of full-close valve adjusting of electro-mechanic feedback,
rotating electro-mechanism along closing button to make trip by electro-mechanic
注意 Notes: 主配直径为φ40、φ60、φ80 的主配，其引导阀向下移动是关机方
向。
When the diameter of main distributing valve is 40 mm,
60mm,80mm ,the pilot valve moving downward is the tailoff
direction .
主配直径为φ100、φ150、φ200、φ250 的主配，其引导阀向上
移动是关机方向。
When the diameter of main distributing valve is
100mm,150mm,200mm,250mm , the pilot valve moving upward is
the tailoff direction.
145
feedback the max shutdown trip. Then press “full-close determination” and set
current of electro-mechanic feedback value as electro-mechanic feedback
full-close value。
（5）设置电机反馈的限位值，其限位值等于 大关机行程的 1.5 陪，根据电机
反馈零点和全关值，设置过高值和过低值，若主配向下是关时，过高值要大于（零点
值+零点值-全关值），过低值要小于全关值。若主配向上是关时，过高值要大于全关
值，过低值要小于（零点值-全关值+零点值），设置时，范围要尽可能大一些。
Set over-high and excessively low values of guide vane feedback according to
the vane zero and full- closed values. The over-high value shall be more than
full-closed values and the excessively low values shall be less than zero（2×zero
value- full-closed value）. The value range is the larger the better。
调速器各项功能试验
Functional Tests of Governor
当以上各项调整完毕，且外部接线完成后，即可进行各项功能试验。
With abovementioned adjustments and external wirings finished, the functional
tests then can be done.
（1）开机试验：合开机令，调速器按闭环开机规律将机组开至空载开度，且电
气开限自动为空载开限。在开机过程中，如果测频故障，导叶自动关至空载开度。如
果跟踪频给灯亮，则机组频率跟踪频给，否则机组频率跟踪网频，以更快地并网。正
常运行时，跟踪网频灯亮，机组频率跟踪网频，若网频故障，调速器自动跟踪频给。
Startup trial： command startup, the close loop startup rules of servomotor will
make units the no-load opening and no-load opening to electric limit
automatically.in the coursr of starup, if frequency breaks down, guide vane closes
automatically to no-load limit, if tracing frequency indicator is on, the unit will follow
given frequency for synchronization. If running normally, tracing net frequency turns
on and the unit will follow, but if breakdown happens, the servomotor will trace
given frequency automatically。
（2）在空载状态，若机组跟踪频给，按面板上的“频给增”即可增加频给，机组转
速也跟随升高，按“频给减”即可减少频给，机组转速也跟随降低，利用此功能可将机
组频率调节至 45HZ~55HZ 之间任一频率。在空载状态，调速器为频率调节。
146
Under no-load condition： if the unit trace given frequency, this frequency can
be got by pressing button—increasing given frequency, accordingly, the unit
rotational speed is rising; in the same way, this frequency can be decreased by
pressing button—decreasing given frequency, accordingly, the unit rotational
speed is down. With this function, the unit frequency can be adjusted among
45HZ~55HZ. The Governor now is adjuatable frequency。
（3）并网工况：同期条件满足后即可合油开关，并网后调速器自动进入开度调
节模式，且开限自动增至 100%，这时即可按面板上的“功给增”“功给减”按扭，或者通
过远方功给增/减令来调节导叶开度，以调节机组有功。
在并网工况，若机组频率波动超出人工死区，调速器自动进入频率调节模式，按
照 BP（永态转差系数）值自动调整导叶开度，以适应电网频率的变化。
Sycrinization working condition： the oilswitch can be closed with premises
met, the Governor becomes to opening adjusting mode after sycrinization and
opening limit automatically increases to 100%. Then it is time to press the buttons
(increasing/decreasing given power) on the panel, or adjust guide vane opening by
remote given power increasing/decreasing to regulate the unit with active power。
Under sycrinization working condition, if the unit frequency is beyond dead
zone, the Governor automatically changes into frequency regulating mode to adjust
guide vane opening in the light of BP (permanent speed droop) to meet the
viariation of grid frequency。
（4）甩负荷：当油开关断开时，调速器迅速将导叶关闭，等待转速下降后，再
将导叶开至空载开度，机组稳定在额定转速，调速器处于空载工况。
Dropping load： closure of oil switch will cause guide vane shut down by the
Governor. When the rotational speed declines, please open guide vane to on-load
opening which keep the unit rate rotational speed and Governor no-load working
condition。
（5）停机：将机组有功减到零后，即可跳油开关，发停机令，调速器将接力器
全关，电气开限也关至零，停机连锁灯亮，调速器进入停机备用状态，停机完成。此
时，无油电转或比例伺服阀在关方向有关机行程，使接力器关机腔保持油压，以防接
力器开出。
147
The steps of shutdown are： declining the unit active power to zero, closing oil
switch, stopping command input, shutting the servometer by Governor, changing
electric opening to zero, lighting chain indicators, Governor entering spare
conditions , then shutdown finishing. Meanwhile, the oil-free electro-hydraulic or
propotional servo valve has shutted down stroke in tailoff direction, to make sure
the close reservair of servomotor keep the oil pressure to prevent servomotor
。（6）静特性试验 static trial：
目的：检测机组转速死区和接力器非线性度
Purpose： to inspecting unit rotational speed dead zone and non-linearity of
servomotor.
条 件 ： 并 网 ， 开 度 给 定 =50% ， 电 气 开 限 =100% ， 大 网 负 载 参 数 为
BP=6%,BT=5%,TD=1%,TN=0,E=0，或：BP=6%,KP=2.00,KI=8.00,KD=0,E=0 小网
人工死区为 2HZ。
Conditions： sycronizing and given opening shall be 50% and electric opening
is 100%, the parameter of large net load are BP=6%, BT=5%, TD=1%,TN=0,E=0，
and small net artificial deadzone is 2HZ.
方法：
Methods：
A、用频率发生器发 51HZ 频率，等导叶稳定后，记录导叶开度。
Send 51HZ by frequency generator, and record guide vane opening after stability.
B、每降低 0.2HZ，等导叶稳定后，记录导叶开度，共计录 12 点。
Record guide vane opening after stability with every declining of 0.2HZ, and record
12 points in total.
C、在 B 项 低频率的基础上每增加 0.2HZ，等导叶稳定后，记录导叶开度，
共计录 12 点。
注意 Notes: 静特性试验，必需在无水条件下进行测试
Static trial must be operated under the condition of on-water .
148
Record guide vane opening after stability with every increasing of 0.2HZ based
on B least frequency, and record 12 points in total.
D、去掉前、后两点，绘制静特性曲线，计算转速死区和非线性度。
Get rid of the front and back points, drawing static curves, calculate
rotational speed and non-linearity.
（7）空载频率扰动试验 perturbation trial of no-load frequency：
目的：选择 优空载参数
Purpose： to select best no-load parameter
条件：机组在空载工况，跟踪频给，频给为 50HZ,电气开限为 100%，BP=0%。
Conditions： the unit is in on-load working conditon, traces given frequency which
is 50HZ, electric opening is 100%, BP=0%.
方法：
Methods：
A、在空载频率扰动画面修改扰后频给为 48.00HZ,按开始即可将机组频率下扰
至 48HZ。
Change the perturbated given frequency to 48 in the no-load frequency
perturbation interface, and press “beginning” to perturbate unit frequency to 48HZ.
B、频率稳定后，在空载频率扰动画面修改扰后频给为 52.00HZ,按开始即可将
机组频率上扰至 52HZ，同时记录机组 高频率或上扰波形。计算机组频率超调量和
调节时间。
When the frequency is stable, change the perturbated given frequency to
52.00 in the no-load frequency perturbation interface, and press “beginning” to
perturbate unit frequency to 52HZ, and record the unit max frequency or upper
perturbation waveform at the same time.Calculate over-varible values and
adjusting time of the unit frequency.
C、频率稳定后，在空载频率扰动画面修改扰后频给为 48.00HZ,按开始即可将
机组频率下扰至 48HZ，同时记录机组 低频率或下扰波形。计算机组频率超调量和
调节时间。
When the frequency is stable, change the perturbated given frequency to
48.00 in the no-load frequency perturbation interface, and press “beginning” to
149
perturbate unit frequency to 48HZ, and record the unit min-frequency or
down-perturbation waveform at the same time.Calculate over-varible and adjusting
time of the unit frequency.
D、分析机组上扰、下扰结果，若不满足要求，则再选一组参数，重复 B、C
两步，直到选出合适的参数为止。
Analyze outcomes from unit upper perturbation and down-perturbation. If
they fail to requirements, choose another parameters, take step B and C again util
appropriate parameters given.
E、参数选好后，将机组频率扰至 50HZ 即可结束试验。
After parameters selection, finish trial with perurebation of unit frequency to
50HZ.
（8）空载频率摆动：空载参数选好后，即可测试频率摆动。
No-load frequency oscillating： measure frequency oscillating after no-load
parameter selection
目的：检测空载频率摆动，选择 优 PID 优化系数
Purpose： check no-load frequency oscillating and select best PID optimizing
coefficient.
条件：机组在空载工况，跟踪频给，频给为 50HZ,电气开限为 100%，BP=0%，
置 优空载参数。
Conditions： the unit is in no-load working conditon, traces given frequency which
is 50HZ, electric opening is 100%, BP=0%, and select best no-load parameter.
方法：观察空载频率 3 分钟，若频率摆动超标，则在线修改 PID 优化参数：
Method： observing no-load frequency in 3mins. If it is beyond oscillating, verify
PID optimizing parameter online：
比例优化系数 KPX
Proportion optimizing coefficient KPX
积分优化系数 KIX
150
Integral optimizing coefficient KIX
微分优化系数 KDX
Differentiation optimizing coefficient KDX
12.3 调速器的检修与维护 Governor Inpsection and Maintenance
12.3.1 日常巡视时，应注意 Pay attention to following items while daily
checking：
（1）检查电机或比例伺服阀的温度；
check the temperature of motor proportion servo valves；
（2）机组带稳定负荷时，电机或比例伺服阀应不动，若电机或比例伺服阀来回
抖动不停，应切手动运行，检查抖动原因；
the motor or proportion servo valves shall keep still with rate load. If electric-
mechanics is shaking, change it into manually running and examin；
（3）滤油器压力检查，若压力降低，应清洗滤网；
Exam the oil-filter pressure; then clean meshes if the pressure is too low。
警告 warning
只有在参数选择好后才可自动开机、停机、甩负荷.
Only after the right parameters chosen , automatic startup, shutdown , load rejection can be allowed.
安装或检修后第一次开机需先手动开机到额定转速，若残压低于
0.3V，则须先加励磁，使调速器能可靠测到机组频率，然后将调速器切
自动，选择好调节参数后才可自动停机、自动开机。
The first startup after installation or repairing need manual startup to
rated speed , if the redundent voltage is lower than 0.3v ,it needs to
excitation to make sure the governor can measure the frequency of
units ,andthen run Governor automaticly , after choosing the right
parameter ,the units can automaticly startup and shutdown.
151
（4）要注意各故障报警及应急处理，出现故障时，应注意观察机频、网频、导
叶开度表、PLC 输出值及平衡值等。
Attend to breakdown and emergency measurement. Check the unit frequency,
net frequency, guide vane opening meter, PLC output values and balance values
etc if breakdown happens。
（5）故障应急处理 emergency measurements for breakdowns：
当电机或比例伺服阀反馈故障、电机限位、驱动器故障、导叶反馈故障、PLC 故
障时，驱动器电源断开，电机失磁，无油电转或比例伺服阀复中，接力器保持当前开
度不动，在这种情况下， 好将调速器切机手动运行，通知维修人员检修。
When breakdown happens in electric-mechanical feedback or proportion servo
valves, electric-mechanical limit, drivers, guide vane feedback, drivers are power
off, motor is out of magnetism, oil-free electri-hydraulic or proportion servo valves
comes to the middle, and the servo motor remains current opening. In this case,
run Governor manually, then notify to servicemen.
出现测频故障时，在空载工况应停机，在负载工况， 好切电手动运行，若无频
率抖动，也可自动运行，增减负荷，只是无频率调节功能。
If breakdown happens, the Governor with no-load working conditon shall stop;
it is better to be electric manually running in load condition. It also can run without
frequency shaking. However, Increasing /decreasing only is a non-frequency
adjusting function.
PLC 电池电压低灯亮时，不能关闭调速器电源，以免 PLC 程序丢失，此时应检
查是电池接触不好，还是电池电压真的过低？若确认 PLC 电池电压过低，应在一个
星期内更换，更换电池时应防止手上带静电。PLC 电池电压低时，调速器仍能正常运
行。
The Governor shall not be power off in order to protect PLC program when
low- voltage indicator of PLC batteries is on. It is necessary to check batteries and
its voltage (whether it is too low or not). If it is because of too low voltage, batteries
shall be replaced (stati electric shall be avoided) in one week. However, the
Governor still can run normally with too- low batteries voltage.
若电液转换器是无油电转，则每两个月应加一次润滑油（透平油即可），加油时
152
应注意不要深入加油孔太深，以免碰上里面的滚珠丝杆。
If taking oil-free electro-hydralic transducer as transmitter ,it shall be
maintained by lubrilating oil (turbine oil) every two months. In lubrication, do not go
to deep of oil hole to avoid meeting ball screw.
12.3.2 检修时，应注意 Pay attention to following items while daily maintaining：
（1）通过触摸屏检查反馈采样值是否有波动，若波动值超过 PLC 采样通道满量
程的 0.2%，需检查反馈及其电缆传输回路是否正常？这里的反馈是指调速器的模拟
量反馈，可以是导叶反馈、桨叶反馈、导叶电机反馈、桨叶电机反馈、导叶伺服比例
阀反馈、桨叶伺服比例阀反馈、功率反馈或水头反馈等。
(1) Checking if feedback sampling values have fluctuate via Touched LCD, if the
fluctuate value exceed PLC sampling channel 0.2% of full range , it needs to check
if the feedback and cable transmission loop are normal . The feedback can be
governor’s simulation feedback or guide vane feedback , runner blade
feedback,guide vane motor feedback ,runner blade motor feedback , guide vane
servo propotional feedback , runner blade servo propotional servo feedback ,power
feedback or water head feedback.
(2)检查无油电液转换器的机械零点是否漂移？导叶切机手动后，接力器应保持不
动，否则应调整机械零点。机械零点调整后，应将电气零点重新设定，否则就不能与
机械零点保持一致。
Check whether the mechanic zero position of the oli-free electro-hydraulic
converter have been drifted. Run guide vane manually and keep servomotor still,
otherwise, the mechanic zero position shall be regulated. After its regulation, reset
the electric zero position, or it would not conform to that of mechanics。
（3）检查调速器各端子是否有不该接大地的却与大地相连。
Check whether Governor terminals are suitable for earth connection。
（4）滤油器检查，看滤网是否堵塞，滤油器压力是否正常。
Check oil-filter to see whether the mesh is jammed and the pressure works well or
not。
（5）其它一些常规的检查维护等。
153
Any other regular check and maintain etc。
（6）若电液转换器采用比例伺服阀，请检查比例伺服阀或比例伺服阀放大器是
否正常,有无发热现象.
If taking proportional servo valve as electro-hyraulic convertor, please check if the
propotinal servo valve or its amplifier is normal , if has emit heat phenomenon .
12.3.3 故障诊断 Breakdown Diagnosis：
当调速器出现故障时，其产生的结果和可能的故障原因如下表所示。（主要故障）
When the Governor breaks down, the results and possible reasons are below (only
main breakdowns)： 故障名称
Breaksdown
Names
故障现象
Charateristics
故障原因
Reasons
测频故障
For frequency
measurement
测频故障灯亮
在开机过程中，出现测频故
障，导叶自动关至调速器设
置的空载开度，若空载开度
合适，则机组稳定在额定转
速，否则转速就会偏离额定
值。可接受停机令。
在并网工况，测频故障时，
调速器不再进行频率调节，
但可接受功给增/减命令，调
节机组有功。
Frequency breakdown
indicator is on ： If
breakdown happens
during startup, the guide
vane automatically closes
to no-load opening set by
Governor. If the opening is
1.机组 PT 断线，此时机频显示为零。
1. Frequency shows zero with cut
unit PT wires.
2.机组 PT 回路有接触不良现象。
2. Bad contact in the unit PT circuit
exists.
3.机组 PT 有接地现象。
3. The unit PT is earthing.
4.机频隔离变压器故障。
4. Breakdown exists in unit
frequency isolating transformer.
5.电缆屏蔽不好。
5. Bad shielding cables.
6.机组 PT 与动力电缆走一个走线槽，
当动力电缆电流突变时产生电磁干
扰。
6. Electromagnetic is interrupted by
abrupt of dynamic cables if unit PT
154
suitable, the unit will
remain rate rotational
speed; otherwise it would
departure rated value .
Shutdown command can
be accepted.
In sycronizing work
condition, if breakdown
happens, no frequency
exists in the Governor, but
increasing/decreasing
commands accepted, the
regulating unit is active.
shares the same trough with
dynamic cables.
7.系统 PT 的情况同机组 PT。
7. The PT system is the same with
unit PT.
8.测频板故障。
8. Frequency measurement panel
breakdowns。
9.测频通讯故障。
9. Frequency measurement
communication breakdowns.
电机
限位
故障
For
electric-mechanic
limit
电机限位故障灯亮，电机失
磁，无油电转复中，接力器
保持当前位置不动。
If breakdown indicator in
electric-mechanic limit is
on, motor is out of
magenism, oil-free
electri-hydraulic comes to
the middle, and
servomotor remains still.
1. 驱动器故障或电机故障。
1.Breakdowns in drver or motor
2. 电机限位开关位置发生了变动或
电机限位开关坏。
2.The position of electric-mechanic
limit switch has changed or broken.
3. 电机反馈参数设置不对，包括电机
反馈零点、电机反馈全关值等。
3.Wrong electric-mechanic
parameters, including
electric-mechanic feedback zero,
motor feedback whole shut value.
4. 电机反馈故障。
4.electric-mechanic feedback
breakdowns
5. PLC 故障。
5.PLC breakdowns
155
导叶不随动
no-action of
guide vane
导叶切换把手在自动状态
下，触摸屏上 PLC 输出值
与导叶开度值相差>2%,接
力器不动。
The switch handle of guide
vane is under automatic
status, the difference
between PLC output value
on Touched LCD and
guide vane opening value
is more than 2%, and the
servomotor does not act.
1、驱动器或比例伺服阀放大器故障
2、电液转换器故障或其反馈故障
3、DA 模块故障
4、PLC 故障
5、接力器串油
6、接力器反馈故障
1、 drive or amplifier failure
2、Electro-hydraulic convertor failure
or its feedback failure
3、 DA module fault
4、PLC fault
5、Servomotor oil mixing
6、Servomotor feedback failure
导叶
/桨叶
反馈
故障 For
guide/runner
plade feedback
导叶/桨叶反馈故障灯亮，电
机失磁，无油电转或比例伺
服阀复中，接力器保持当前
位置不动。
If breakdown indicator in
guide/runner plade
feedback is on, motor is
out of magenism, oil-free
electro-hydraulic or
propotional servo comes
to the middle, and
servomotor remains still.
1. 导叶/桨叶反馈断线或短路。
1.Cut or short break in guide/runner
plade feedback.
2. 导叶/桨叶反馈有接大地现象。
2.Guide/runner plade feedback
connects with the ground.
3. 反馈电源故障 Feedback power
supply breakdown.
4. 电缆屏蔽不好。
4.Bad shielding cables
5. 反馈电缆与动力电缆走一个走线
槽，当动力电缆电流突变时产生电
磁干扰。
5.Electromagnetic is interrupted by
abruptance of dynamic cables if
feedback cables share the same
trough with dynamic cables
6. A/D 采样模块故障。
156
6.A/D module sampleing
breakdowns
电机反馈故障
（电液转器为无
油电转时）
For
electric-mechanic
feedback (taking
oil-free
Electro-hydralic
transducer as
transmitter)
电机反馈故障灯亮，电机失
磁，无油电转复中，接力器
保持当前位置不动。
If breakdown indicator in
electric-mechanic
feedback is on,
step-by-step motor is out
of magenism, oil-free
electri-hydraulic comes to
the middler, and
servomotor remains still.
同导叶反馈。
Ditto to guide vane feedback
反馈故障
Feedback fault
（电液转器为伺
服比例阀时）
(taking
propotional servo
valve as
transmitter)
伺服比例阀反馈故障灯亮，
伺服比例阀失电，接力器保
持当前位置不动。
If breakdown indicator in
the driver is on,
propotional servo valve
is out of voltage, and
servomotor remains still.
同导叶反馈。
Ditto to guide vane feedback
驱动器
故障
（电液转器为无
油电转时）
For the driver
驱动器故障灯亮，电机失
磁，无油电转复中，接力器
保持当前位置不动。
If breakdown indicator in
the driver is on, motor is
out of magenism, oil-free
electri-hydraulic comes to
the middler, and
servomotor remains still.
1. 驱动器本体故障。
1.Breakdowns in driver itself
2. 电机故障。
2. motor breakdowns
3. 无油电转卡涩。
3.Oil-free electri-hydraulic is jamed
4. 电机行程过大。
4.The stroke of motor is too long
157
驱动器
故障
（电液转器为伺
服比例阀时）
For the driver
驱动器故障灯亮，伺服比例
阀失电，接力器保持当前位
置不动。
If breakdown indicator in
the driver is on, servo
propotional valve is out
of voltage, and servomotor
remains still.
1.驱动器本体故障。
1.Breakdowns in driver itself
2. 伺服比例阀故障。
2. servo propotional valve
breakdowns
3. 伺服比例阀卡涩。
3. servo propotional valve is jamed
电池电压低故障
For lower battery
voltage
电池电压低故障灯亮。
breakdown indicator in
batteries is on
1. PLC CPU 模块掉电保护电池电压
低。
1.The voltage of batteries in PLC
CPU module is lower.
2. PLC CPU 模块掉电保护电池接触
不良。
2.Batteries in PLC, CPU module
doesn’t work well.
PLC 故障 For
PLC
PLC 故障灯亮，电机失磁或
伺服比例阀失电，接力器保
持当前位置不动。I
f breakdown indicator in
PLC is on, motor is out of
magenism, servo
propotional is out of
voltage and servomotor
remains still.
1. PLC 各模块故障。
1.PLC module breakdown
2. CPU 运行灯灭。
2.CPU stops ruunig
3. 程序运行超时。
3.The program runs over-time
4. 状态 RAM 故障。
4.RAM breakdown
5. 时钟故障。
5.clock breakdown
6. 逻辑解算故障。
6.logical resolving breakdown
7. 错误配置。
7.Wrong configuration
调速器 调速器故障接点输出时，远 1. 出现上述故障。
158
故障接点输出 For
Governor
breakdown
contactor output
方报调速器故障。
If the velomotor
breakdown contactor is
output, the breakdown is
remoted reported.
1.Breakdowns abovementioned
2. 交流电源故障，或其监视继电器故
障。
2.Breakdowns in A/C or monitoring
relay
3. 直流电源故障，或其监视继电器故
障。
3.Breakdowns in D/C or monitoring
relay
4. 调速器电源交、直流消失。
4.No D/C, A/C IN velomotor
5. 调速器故障输出继电器坏。
5.Breadown output relay of
Governor breaks
紧急停机 For
emergency
shutdown
紧急停机灯亮。
Emergency stop indicator
is on.
1. 紧急停机电磁阀动作。
1.Operating emergency stop
Electromagnetic valve.
2. 紧急停机位置接点坏。
2.The connector at emergency stop
breaks
12.3.4 易损件 easily-abrasive spare parts
品 名 Name 规 格 size 单位 unit 各种密封圈 seal ring 个 piece 滤网 Filter net 压力表 Pressure indicator 保险管 fuse pipe 4A 10*38 个 piece 继电器 Electrical relay 指示灯 Indicator 开度表 Opening indicator 转速表 Speeding indicator 整流模块 Commutate module
159
第十三章 调速器运行操作说明
Chapter XIII Operating Instruction
13.1 调速器上电或复位 Governor Power up or Reset
当合电源开关(交流、直流)或复位 CPU，根据不同情况执行的结果不同。
After closing the power supply switch (AC, DC) or resetting CPU key, different
actions are taken according to different conditions.
1. 导叶手动/自动切换开关处于“自动”状态时，程序执行顺序如下：
When wicket gate manual/auto switching over is at “auto” position, its according
action process is as follows：
(1)故障锁定投入，电机失磁或比例伺服阀复中 Lock breakdown, and motor
loses magnetic power
(2)采样导叶反馈 Sample guide vane feedback；
(3)读频差 Read frequency difference；
(4)当机频大于 45Hz 时，PLC 跟踪导叶开度，故障锁定复归。油开关为分时，
进入空载过程，油开关为合时，进入负载过程 If system frequency exceeds 40Hz，
PLC will trace gate opening, and reset breakdown lock. No-load operation if oil
警告/Warning
始终使用设备规定的电源电压,注意供电的稳定性.不正确的电压可
能引起误动作或烧毁.
Please always use the required voltage and be careful of its
stability since incorrect voltage may cause by mistake or burn.
注意直流电源的正负极性,切勿接反.否则将烧毁元器件.
Please be careful of the + & - polarity of DC; otherwise,
component burn may cause.
未经负责人的允许不得随意操作设备
no random operation is allowed without permission by person in
charge.
160
switch is opened, and load operation if oil switch is closed；
(5)当机频小于 45Hz，PLC 不跟踪导叶开度，输出为零，故障锁定复归，进入
停机等待状态；导叶向关方向转一定的角度，使导叶在关方向有一定的作用力 If
system frequency is less than 40Hz, PLC will not trace gate opening with zero
output, reset breakdown lock, and be in stop and wait status; gate opening control
motor turns to close direction a bit angle degree, so that gate has a little acting
force towards close direction。
(6)执行故障诊断，所有故障状态灯应全灭 Perform diagnose program with all
error status lights off before performing.。
2. 导叶手动/自动切换开关处于“手动”状态时：
When wicket gate manual/auto switching over is at “manual” position：
(1)“机械手动”灯亮“Manual” status signal light is on；
(2)执行手动运行程序，采样导叶开度，且 PLC跟踪 Perform manual operation
program, sample wicket gate opening with PLC trace。
13.2 模式切换 Changing Mode
一、调节模式切换 Regulating Mode Change
调节模式有三种，分别是：频率调节、开度调节和功率调节。
Three types of regulating modes： frequency regulating mode, gate opening
regulating mode, power regulating mode.
1 空载工况下，调速器自动处于频率调节模式 When operating at No Load,
Governor stays at frequency regulation mode。
2 负载工况下，按下功率调节按键，调速器处于功率调节模式，与功率反馈
形成闭环控制，功率给定不变时，自动恒功率发电；按下开度调节按键，调速器处于
开度调节模式，与导叶开度反馈形成闭环控制，开度给定不变时，自动维持导叶开度
不变 When operating at Load, Press power regulation key, Governor turns to
frequency regulation mode, which forms a closed loop control with power feedback,
and sets units to supply the fixed amount of power until power setting changes.
Press gate opening regulation key, Governor turns to gate opening regulation
mode, which forms a closed loop control with opening feedback, and sets gates to
161
the fixed opening until opening setting changes.。
3 在功率调节模式下，若功率反馈故障或频率超差，调速器自动取消功率调
节，切换为开度调节模式 When operating in power regulation mode, if any error in
power feedback or weak frequency, Governor will automatically cancel power to
opening regulating mode.。
4 功率调节模式下，功率由上位机通信给定 The capacity is given by
upstream computer communication in power adjusting mode。
二、跟踪切换 Tracing Switch
1. 调速器上电时，自动跟踪网频 Power up Governor and net frequency is
traced automatically。
2. 点跟踪频给时，跟踪频给灯亮，调速器跟踪频给 When pressing frequency
setting trace key, Governor traces frequency setting, with frequency setting
trace signal light on。
3. 点跟踪网频时，跟踪网频灯亮，调速器跟踪网频 When pressing net frequency
trace key, Governor traces net frequency, with net frequency trace signal
light on。
13.3 增加、减少操作 Increasing and Decreasing Operation
1．功给增/减 Increasing/Decreasing Power Setting
(1)在开度调节模式下，按此键，改变的是开度给定。通过改变导叶开度达到改
变功率。
When operating in opening regulation mode, press this key and thus opening
setter changes. The power is changed by changing vane opening.
(2)在功率调节模式下，功率手动时，改变的是功率给定；功率自动时，开关量
增减无效。
In power adjusting mode, manual power can change given power while
automatic power is useless to switch increasing /decreasing.
2．频给增/减 Increasing/Decreasing Frequency Setting
在空载工况下，跟踪频给时，可改变频率给定值，否则，频给增/减无效；在其
它工况下，频给增/减无效。
162
When operating at No Load and tracking set frequency, its value can be
changed; otherwise, increasing /decreasing is invalid;
3．电气开限增/减 Increasing/Decreasing Electric Limiter
用于增/减电气开限，从而限制导叶开度和机组有功。
Increase/Decrease electric limits by setting parameter to limit units supply
power.
4．水头改变
Changing Water Head
在水头手动状态下，点设定水头值即可手动修改水头。
When operating at head manual, change head by setting head value.
13.4 机械部分操作 Mechanic operation
请见第九章说明。
Refer Chapter IX
13.5 调速器运行操作 Governor Operation
13.5.1 开机前调速器应具备的条件 necessary conditions before governor
startup
注意
确定供油阀打开，集成块上的压力表有正常的压力指示；
确定停机令、紧急停机令已经复归；
确定调速器处于自动状态；
调速器无故障信号输出；
触摸屏监视画面上应该有如下正确指示：
（1）导叶开度约为 0%； （2）机频为 0HZ；
（3）显示“停机备用”，“正常” 状态。
锁定拔出；
notices:
163
Confirm that oil supply valve has been opened and the manometer on
the integrated module can normally show the pressure.
Confirm that stop command and emergent stop command have been
reset.
Confirm that the machine is under automatic status.
The governor has no fault signal output.
The following content shall be correctly displayed on the touched
display monitoring interface:
(1)guide vane opening is 0%
(2)unit frequency is 0HZ
(3)display “stop for standby” and “governor in normality” states.
lock quitting
停机备用状态 Stop for Standby：
（1）机频显示 00.00；
Unit frequency shows 00.00；
（2）导叶全关；Wicket gate opening is full closed
（3）平衡表偏向关机方向 with negative value balance value.
（4）对于 WZT 系列调速器，浆叶为起始角度
As for WZT series governor, it is original angel for the blade.
（5）触摸屏状态指示画面显示“停机备用”
The status interface of LED shows: “stop to be backup”
13.5.2 自动开机并网 Automatic Starting and Synchronize
警告 开机前保证设备的油压正常
Warning: normal oil pressure of the equipment shall be guaranteed
before startup
（1）满足开机条件，调速器处在停机备用状态；With start requirements met,
Governor stops at stop for standby condition；
（2）给开机令，并保持；状态画面显示“开机”，导叶开度渐渐打开到开机顶点，
164
对于轴流转桨机组，浆叶从起始角度往回关；Send start command and holding; show
“start” condition on screen, vane opening starts to open at peak; and the thick liquid
vane return from the starting position。
（3）转速开始上升，机频开始显示，在频率小于 45Hz 时，导叶会以比较小的
斜率继续打开，但不会超过空载电气开限；Speed starts to rise and system frequency
shows up；when frequency is lower than 45Hz, guide vane will open with relative
small slope which does not exceed off-load electric limit.
（4）当频率大于 45Hz 时，自动进入 PID 调节，若调速器处于跟踪网频方式，
机频自动跟踪电网频率，否则跟踪频率给定；When system frequency exceeds 45 Hz,
it automatically turns to PID regulation mode. If the governor is at network tracing,
the unit frequency will trace network frequency automatically. Otherwise, it follows
frequency given.
（ 5）同期条件满足，即可并网；With synchronism requirements met,
synchronize the units；
（6）并网后，状态画面有“并网”指示，电气开限为 100%；After synchronizing,
“synchronize” signal shows on condition screen, with electric limit of 100%。
13.5.3 增减负荷 Load Increasing/Decreasing
注意
操作人员需注意当前的功率和功率增减脉冲的宽度和周期,不得盲目进行增减.
导叶处于自动位置
notices:
.The operator shall be careful of current power, width and period of
power increase/decrease impulse and no increase /decrease at discretion
is allowed.
In automatic operating mode
（1）调速器处于功率调节模式时，通过通讯，由监控系统提供给定功率，以调
整负荷；When power regulating, adjust load by power setting value sent from upper
computer；
165
（2）调速器处于频率/开度调节时，可以通过远方增减脉冲指令或触摸屏上的功
给增减触摸键来调整负荷；When frequency/opening regulating, adjust load by the
increase/decrease key in central control room or on touch panel.；
（3）在功率调节时，如果数字功率给定或模拟功率给定故障，也可以通过远方
增减脉冲指令或触摸屏功给增减触摸键调整负荷；In power adjusting mode, if
breakdown happens in digial power given or simulation power given, adjusting
load of touch keys can also be increased/ decreased by handle in mid-controlling
chameber or touch screen。
13.5.4 调相 phase modulation
机组并网状态，给调相令，并保持，状态画面有“调相”指示，导叶自动全关，电
气开限为零。Under unit sycronizing condition, input and keep phase modulation
command, the interfance will displays “phase modulation”, and all guide vanes
close automatically, the electric opening limit is zero。
13.5.5 解除调相 releasing phase modulation
断开调相令，状态画面无“调相”指示，电气开限为 100%，调速器将导叶自动开
到空载，按调整负荷程序改变机组出力。Releasing phase modulation command, the
interfance will displays “phase modulation” and the electric opening is 100%. The
guide vane opens to no-load by Governor automatically, change unit capacity
according to load adjusting program。
13.5.6 自动停机 Automatic Stop
注意 停机令须保持至导叶全关且机组转速降至 10%以下
Warning The stop order must be kept until the guide vane fully closed and
unit speed decreases to lower than 10% of that.
（1）给停机令，状态画面有“停机”指示，自动减负荷；On sending stop command,
shows “stop” signal on screen, and decrease load automatically；
（2）当负荷减到零时，跳油开关；Once load is decreased to zero, oil switch is
closed；
（3）导叶继续关到零；Guide vane is shut down to zero position ；
166
（4）当转速下降到 15Hz 以下，调速器延时 5S 进入停机备用状态，对于轴流转
桨机组，浆叶开至起始角度；
When the unit speed is lower than 15Hz, the governor will delay 5S and then
becomes stop for backup status. As for Kaplan units, the blade shall be opened to
original angel.
（5）机组停稳，停机过程完成；The unit stops stably, and then the stop finishes.
123.5.7 机械手动开机并网 Start and Synchronize by Mechanical Manual
机械手轮操作，具体操作参见机械部分说明。
Refer to the instructions in mechanical part for detail mechanical handwheel
operations
（1）将调速器导叶选择开关切至机手动，状态指示画面显示“导叶机手动”，PLC
开始跟踪导叶开度，对于轴流转桨机组，导叶大于 3%且机频大于 25Hz 时，浆叶进
入协联（如果浆叶在自动位置），浆叶从起始角度往回关；；
Please choose mechanically manual button of the governor guide vane, and the
status interface shows “ guide vane is at mechanically manual condition”, PLC
starts to trace guide vane opening；as for kaplan units, if the guide vane is more
than 3% and unit frequency is larger than 25 Hz, the blade comes into
syncronization if it at automatic position, the blade will close along the original
angel.
（2）打开导叶：若电液转换器是无油电转，则向开方向旋转手轮一定角度，打
开导叶；若电液转换器是比例阀，则将调速器面板的导叶开度增减把手切向增加位置，
注意
Be careful
若是手轮操作，手动旋转手轮时，旋转角度不易过大，以使接力器缓
慢开出，不至过快，这样就更容易控制导叶开度。
When manually rotating the handwheel, the angle shall not be so large in order to open the servomotor slowly and control the guide vane opening easier.
167
打开导叶。
Open the guide vane: If electro-hydraulic convertor is oil free convertor, rotating the
hand wheel along opening direction to open the guide vane. If electro-hydraulic
convertor is proportional valve, opening increase/decrease handle on the governor
panel shall be put at increase postion to open the guide vane,
（3）PLC 自动跟踪导叶，读频率，为切自动作准备；PLC automatically traces
gate opening, reads frequency difference, and prepares for switching to auto；
（4）调整机组频率到空载，同期条件满足后即可并网；Adjusting unit frequency
into no-load and sycronize with conditions met。
13.5.8 机械手动切自动 Switching from Mechanical Manual to Auto
（1）观察电气工作是否正常；Inspect and assure that electrics work right；
（2）若正常，将调速器导叶选择开关切到自动，状态指示画面显示“导叶自动”；
If normal, please select automatic switchgear of the governor guide vane and then
the status interface will show “guide vane automatic”
13.5.9 机手动停机 Mechanically manual stop
注意调速器面板上的导叶选择开关切在“机手动”位置，触摸屏状态指示画面
显示导叶机手动
Note: if guide vane switch handle on the Governor panel is at
“mechanically manual mode” position, the screener State form interface
will display guide vane mechanically manual mode.
1．关闭导叶：若电液转换器是无油电转，则向关方向旋转手轮一定角度，关闭
导叶；若电液转换器是比例阀，则将调速器面板的导叶开度增减把手切向减少位置，
关闭导叶。将机组负荷减至零时跳断路器，并继续关导叶至全关位置；
Close guide vane: If electro-hydraulic convertor is oil free convertor, rotating the
hand wheel along closing direction to close the guide vane. If electro-hydraulic
convertor is proportional valve, opening increase/decrease handle on the governor
168
panel shall be put at decrease postion to close the guide vane. Decreasing the unit
load to zero and then cut the breaker, please continue to close the guide vane to
full close position.
2．随着导叶开度关至 0%，机频逐渐将至 0HZ，停机完成。With guide vane
opening closing to 0%, the unit frequency will reduce to 0 HZ, then stop finishes.
13.5.10 电手动开机、并网 Electrically manual startup and synchronization
当配置有电手动功能时，可电手动开机、并网、增/减负荷。With electrically manual
function, electrically startup, synchronization and increase/decrease load can be
realized.
注意 调速器面板上的导叶选择开关切至“电手动”位置，触摸屏状态指示画面
显示导叶电手动
Note: Note: if guide vane switch handle on the Governor panel is at
“electrically manual mode” position, the screener State form interface will
display guide vane electrically manual mode.
（1）导叶选择开关切至电手动，PLC 维持导叶开度于当前开度；
Select guide vane switchgear at electrically automatic condition, PLC keeps current
opening.
（2）通过调速器面板导叶开度增减把手或远方增减命令增加导叶开度给定，从
而打开导叶；
To open the guide vane via the guide vane opening increasing/decreasing handle
on the governor panel or remote increasing/decreasing order.
（3）当导叶开度大于 3%且机频大于 25Hz 时，浆叶进入协联（如果浆叶在自动
位置）
When the guide vane is more than 3% and unit frequency is larger than 25 Hz, the
blade comes into syncronization if it at automatic position.
（4）PLC 读频差，为切自动作准备；PLC reads frequency error to make
preparation for switching into automatic mode.
（5）调整机组频率到空载，同期条件满足后即可并网。Unit to adjust the
169
frequency of no-load, in the same period to meet the conditions and after reaching
the net.
13.5.11 电手动停机 Electrically manual stop
注意调速器面板上的导叶选择开关切至“电手动”位置，触摸屏状态指示画面
显示导叶电手动
Note: if guide vane switch handle on the Governor panel is at
“electrically manual mode” position, the screener State form interface will
display guide vane electrically manual mode.
1．通过调速器面板导叶开度增减把手或远方增减命令减少导叶开度给定，从而
关闭导叶，将机组负荷减至零时跳断路器，并继续关导叶至全关位置；
To decrease the opening given via opening increase/decrease handle on the
governor panel or remote increase/decrease order to decrease the guide vane.
Decreasing the unit load to zero and then cut the breaker, please continue to close
the guide vane to full close position.
2．随着导叶开度关至 0%，机频逐渐将至 0HZ，停机完成。With guide vane
opening closing to 0%, the unit frequency will reduce to 0 HZ, then stop finishes.
13.5.12 机 手 动 / 自 动 / 电 手 动 切 换 Switch of mechanically
manual/automatic/electrically manual
13.5.12.1 机手动切自动 Mechanically manual operation conversed into
automatic one:
（1）观察电气工作是否正常，平衡表是否位于平衡；To check whether electrical part
works normally, and balance meter is balanced.
（2）若电气工作正常且平衡表位于平衡位置，将导叶选择开关（机手动/自动/电手动）
切到自动，触摸屏状态指示画面显示“导叶自动”，切换应无扰动。If electrical part works
normally and balance meter is balanced, guide vane switch handle ( mechanical
manual/automatic/electrically manual) operation into automatic one, the touched
170
display State form interface will show “guide vane automatic operation”. And it shall
be no disturbance in switchover.
13.5.12.2 自动切机手动 automatic operation switching into mechanically
manual operation
（1）将导叶选择开关（机手动/自动/电手动）切到机手动，触摸屏状态指示画面显示
“ 导 叶 机 手 动 ” ， 切 换 应 无 扰 动 ； Guide vane switch handle (mechanical
manual/automatic/electrically manual )operation into manual one, the touched
display State form interface will show “guide vane manual operation”. And it shall
be no disturbance in switchover.
（2）PLC 跟踪导叶开度，平衡表位于平衡，若电液转换器是无油电转，则电机失磁；
若电液转换器是比例阀，则比例阀失电。
PLC traces guide vane opening, balance meter is balanced. If the electro-hydraulic
convertor is oil free, the motor losses magnetic, if the electro-hydraulic convertor is
proportional valve, it losses power.
警告：在机手动状态下，导叶开度是开环控制的，若导叶开度出现漂移，需手
动调整才能维持导叶开度不变。
Warning: under mechanically manual condition, guide vane opening is
controlled by open ring; if guide vane opening floats, kept guide vane only can be
realized via manual adgjustment.
13.5.12.3 自动切电手动 automatic operation switching into electrically manual
operation
（1）将导叶选择开关（机手动/自动/电手动）切到电手动，触摸屏状态指示画面
显示 “导叶电手动 ”，切换应无扰动；Guide vane switch handle (mechanical
manual/automatic/electrically manual )operation into manual one, the touched
display State form interface will show “guide vane manual operation”. And it shall
be no disturbance in switchover.
（2）电手动状态下通过调速器面板导叶开度增减把手或远方增减命令增减导叶
开度给定，从而增加或减少导叶开度。
171
Under automatically manual condition, to increase/decrease guide vane opening
via opening increase/decrease handle on the governor panel or remote
increase/decrease order to increase/decrease the guide vane opeing.
警告：电手动状态下是恒开度运行，不能自动调整机组转速。
Warning: under electrically manual condition, it is move with constant
opening and unit speed can not be adjusted automatically.
13.5.12.4 电手动切自动 electrically manual switching into automatic
（1）观察电气工作是否正常，平衡表是否平衡；To check whether electrical part
works normally, and balance meter is balanced.
（2）若电气工作正常且平衡表平衡时，将导叶选择开关（机手动/自动/电手动）切到
自动，触摸屏状态指示画面显示“导叶自动”，切换应无扰动。If electrical part works
normally and balance meter is balanced, Guide vane switch handle (mechanical
manual/automatic/electrically manual) operation into automatic one, the touched
display State form interface will show “guide vane automatic operation”. And it shall
be no disturbance in switchover.
13.5.13 桨叶的操作方法同导叶操作 The operation of the Runner blades is same
as the guide vane
13.5.14 紧急停机 Emergent stop
警告：机组运行中,切勿随意操作紧停按钮.
Dangerous: the unit is under operation and do not operate emergency
stop button.
(1) 紧急停机适用于处理突发紧急事件，平时正常停机不采用；The emergent stop is
only used when emergent event happens.
(2) 紧急停机可以通过下发“紧急停机”指令，紧急停机电磁阀动作，将导叶开度迅速
关至 0%，也可以在电气控制失灵的情况下手动操作紧急停机电磁阀投入；By sending
172
emergent stop command, the emergent stop solenoid begins to move, rapidly close
guide vane to 0%; can be realized. And emergent stop also can be realized by
manually operating solenoid valve throw-in if electrical control failure.
(3) 事故处理完后，应通过复归令或手动操作复归电磁阀复归紧急停机；After fault
processing, the solenoid emergent stop can be reset via reset command or manual
operation.
13.5.15 电源操作 Power Operation
关调速器电柜电源时应先关工业平板 PC 机，当平板 PC 提示可安全关机时，方
可关掉平板 PC，然后再断交、直流电源开关。Close the power of Governor cubicle
after closure of panel PC which can be shutted down with safe closing permission,
then cut A/C and D/C.
13.5.16 无油电液转换器的润滑 Lubricate Oil-free Electro-hydraulic Transducer
每两个月加一次润滑油（汽轮机油）Lubricate (with steam-turbine oil) oil-free
electr-hydraulic converter every two months.
注意 Be careful
若调速器操作终端选用工业平板 PC 机，关调速器电柜电源时，应先关工业平板
PC 机，当平板 PC 提示可安全关机时，方可关掉平板 PC，然后再断交、直流电源
开关。
若操作终端选用液晶触摸屏，可直接断交、直流电源开关。
If the governor operating terminal is industrial PC, when closing it, it shall be closed first and only can be closed when it shows it is safe to close and then cut the AC & DC stwichgear.
If the governor operating terminal is LED, AC & DC stwichgear can be cut directly.
Be careful 加油时，不要深入加油孔太深，以免碰伤滚珠丝杆。
Do not come to the oil hole so deep when putting on oil in order to avoid any ball bearing bar damage.
173
第十四章 油泵控制系统
Chapter XIV oil pump system
14.1 概述 General Description
PLC 油泵控制系统主要采用西门子公司的可编程控制器，施耐德的电气产品及其
它高质量的各种元器件,集自动化、简单化于一体，功能完善，操作方便,配备详细的
原理图、配线图，供用户使用与维修。该系统主要功能及特点如下：
The oil pump system with programe controller from Siemens, electric product
from Schneider, and various high quality components is automatic, simple and
multi-functional. Those configured original programs, detailed principle diagrams,
wiring diagrams are convenient for use and maintenance. The system functions
and characters are as below:
一、PLC 油泵控制系统采用高可靠性的压力传感元器件和高性能的动力控制元器
件作为执行元器件，通过 PLC 自动采样控制形成一套完整的压力控制系统。
PLC oil pump control system adopts high reliable pressure transducer and
high efficient dynamic control part as performance component to form a complete
set of pressure control system via PLC automatic sampling control.
二、操作面板布置如下 The arrangement of the operating panel is as following：：
紧急停泵按钮 emergency stop button
故障复位按钮 fault rest button
油压异常指示灯及其它状态指示灯 abnormality indicator of oil pressure and
other status indication
方式选择开关（1 号机选择开关，2 号机选择开关，补气选择开关选配）
selection switchgear(selection switchgear for unit No.1 & unit2 ， selection
switchgear for air replenish)
手动方式、切除、自动方式 Manual, switchover and automatic methods
三、控制盘内元器件布置合理、布线清晰可靠，盘体外形美观，便于安装和维护。
The control panel is with proper arrangement and clear wiring of components,
easy to be installed and maintained.
174
四、控制盘底部留有动力电缆和控制电缆进出口
Outlets for dynamic cable and control cable made at the end of the control
panel.
动力电源电缆分别取自不同的电源，进线接到油泵控制柜进线端子；连接
电动机的动力电缆直接连接油泵控制柜出线端子上。
每台油泵具有单独断路器。
The dynamic power cables with different power supplies are to be
connected with the inlet terminal of the oil pump cabinet.The dynamic
power cable connected with motor is to be directly connected with the
outlet terminal of oil pump cabinet.
Each oil pump has individual breaker
五、系统主要功能 Main functions
1）自动选择工作机／备用机 Automatically selecting operative/standby machine
能自动将一台作为工作机，另外的作为备用机，两台油泵根据启动次数自动切换，
当工作机故障时，备用机自动转为工作机。
It can automatically set one machine as operating one and the other as
standby. The two oil pumps can switch over by times of startup automatically. Once
the working machine faults, the standby will work.
2)自动方式 Automatic way
将方式选择开关置于自动方式，油泵将根据设定油压自动启停。
Select automatic way and then the oil pump will be started up automatically in
terms of the set oil pressure.
3）手动启动 Manual startup
将方式选择开关置于手动方式，油泵将直接启动打压。
The oil pump will directly stamp by choosing manual operation.
4）切除功能，选择开关置于切除位置时，油泵被切除。Switchover function: the
oil pump will be switched off if this function is selected.
5）故障报警功能 Fault alarm function
当系统检测到故障时，面板上相应指示灯亮，还向上位机传送故障信号，信
175
号是也可以空节点形式传送的。When the system tests any fault, the indicator on the
panel will be on and the fault signal, transmitted by empty node, will be sent to the
upper computer.
油泵故障 oil pump fault
油罐内油压异常 abnormal oil pressure in the tank
动力电源及控制电源故障 dynamic and control power supplies faults
PLC 故障 PLC fault
6）现地操作紧急情况下，可手动停机或按紧急停机按钮 At site emergency case,
the machine can stop manually or by pressing the emergency stop button.
7）具有电机过流、电机过热等保护功能。当电机过流、过热时，断路器自动跳
开停泵，或通过软启动器、热继电器保护停机。
Overcurrent and overheating protection functions of motor : when the motor is
overcurrent or overheating , the breaker will automatically act to stop the pump , or
via soft starter , thermorelay protect to shutdown the units.
8）可选的开关量控制或模拟量控制方式
Selective switchgear quantity control and simulation control.
9）可选的自动补气控制
Selective automatic air admission control .
14.2 油泵控制系统安装和硬件配置 Installation and hardware configuration of
oil pump system
14.2.1 机械安装 Mechanical installation
警告 warning 本设备必须可靠接地。
为了保证设备的安全运行和人身安全，必须有本手册规定的合格技术
人员进行设备的安装。
使用电压设备时必须要注意通用安全和地区性规程及有关正确使用
工具和个人安全防护品的规则。
设备动力部分，不工作时也有可能带危险电压，在使用时，须先检查，
176
挂警示牌。
The equipment shall be reliable earthing.
Only qualified people who meet the manual’s requirements can do
the installation in order to guarantee safety of both operation and
human.
Common safety and regional regulations as well as rules of correct
usage of tools and individual protections when using the
equipment with voltage.
The dynamic part may also be dangerous with voltage at non-work
condition. Please check first before using and hang warning plate.
177
14.2.2 环境要求 Conditions
注意 Notes: 设备安装时与垂直面的倾斜度不超过 5%。
温度 周围空气温度不高于+40不低于-5，24h 内其平均温度不
高于+35。
高度 户内安装使用，使用地点海拔高度不超过 2000m。
湿度 周围空气相对湿度在 高温度为+40时不超过 50%。在较
低温度时允许有较大的相对湿温度。(例如+20时为 90%)
应考虑到由于温度的变化可能会产生凝露的影响。
撞击 避免柜体遭受任何撞击，避免损坏设备。
振动 设备安装在无剧烈震动和冲击的地方。
污染 不要将设备安装在有导电尘埃，腐蚀性气体等污染的环境
里。
用户如有特殊要求时可与供货方协商解决。
The gradient with the vertical section when installing shall not more than 5%. Temperature: the temperature around shall be not higher than +40 and lower than -5 , and the average temperature during 24 hours shall be not more than +35 . Height: for inside use purpose and the elevation of place shall not be higher than 2000m. Humidity: the relative humidity around shall be not more than 50% when the highest temperature is +40 and higher humid is allowed if the temperature is lower, for example, the humidity can be 90% when the temperature is +20 under which condition, the influence of condensing dew formation due to the temperature variation shall be take in to consideration. Bump: the cabinet shall be protected from any bump. Vibration: the equipment shall be equipped at the place without violated vibration and impaction. Pollution: the equipment shall not be equipped at area with conductive dust and corrosive gas. The customer can negotiate with the supplier if any special requirements.
178
14.2.3 电气安装 Electric installation
警告 warning
确保安装于金属阻燃物上。
确保给电机配置正确的电源电压，准确区分开动力电源和控制电源。
确保安装和连线时断开电源。
勿在带电的情况下，改变配线，否则可能造成触电或人员受伤。
勿安装于含有爆炸气体的环境里，否则有引发爆炸的危险。
To make sure that the equipment is to be installed on the metal
with fire protection function.
To make sure that the power given motor is configured with
power voltage and dynamic power and control power can be
distinguished properly.
To make sure that there is no power during installation and wire
connection.
Please do not change the wiring when it is power on. Otherwise
an electric shock or human damage may happen.
It shall not be equipped at the atmosphere with explosive gas
otherwise an explosion may happen.
14.2.3.1 主控回路 Main control circuit
主控回路采用法国施耐德空气开关、软启动器或者接触器+热继电器等。
The main control circuit adopts French Schneider air switchgear and soft
starter or contactor plus thermorelay.
14.2.3.3 电源 Power supply
动力电源采用三相交流 380V、50Hz，指示灯及继电器输出采用直流＋24V 电源。
Dynamic power supply adopts three phases AC 380V、50Hz, while power for
indicator and relay output is DC ＋24V.
14.2.3.4 面板布置 Panel arrangement
面板上有切换开关，紧急停机按钮、油压异常及状态指示灯、故障复位按钮等。
There are switchover switchgear、 emergency stop button、 oil pressure
abnormality and status indicator、fault rest button.
179
14.2.3.5 输出继电器以及与外围接线的端子排若干 There are several relays and
several peripheral wiring terminals.。
14.3 油泵控制系统控制原理框图 Control principle diagram of oil pump system
本套控制装置采用西门子公司S7-200系列PLC为控制核心，具有三种工作状态：
自动、切除、手动。在自动方式时，根据压油罐内的油压，PLC 自动控制油泵的起/
停、主/备用油泵的切换、故障处理及与上位机的通讯等。在手动起动方式，相应的油
泵直接启动，在切除方式时，相应的油泵直接停止，据此即可实现油泵的手动起/停。
根据用户要求，可选择其他厂家和型号的 PLC。
Using Siemens S7-200 series PLC as its core, this control equipment has three
statuses: automatic, excise and manual. Under automatic condition, PLC will
automatically control oil pump startup/ stop, switchover of main/backup oil pump,
malfunction disposal and up-computer communication etc according to the oil
pressure in the tank; under manual condition, corresponding oil pump will be
started directly; under switchover condition, corresponding oil pump will stop
directly; thus manual startup and stop can be realized. Other type of PLC can be
selected if required by the customer.
压油泵控制接系统框图如下：Oil pump control system diagram is as following:
1#启动
器
可编程控制器 压油泵控制单元
R S485/R S232 通讯
计算机监控系统机组现地 LC U
压油泵控制系统结构框图
2＃启动
器
断路器 断路器动力 电源
动力 电源
压力信号
1#压油
泵 2＃压油
泵
补气 装置
180
N o.1 contact
P LC o il pum p contro l un it
R S485/R S232 com m unica tion
C om puter m onito ring system unit s ite LC U
O il pum p contro l system diagram
N o.2 contact
breaker breakerD ynam ic pow er
D ynam ic pow er
P ressure s igna l
N o.1 o il pum p
N o.2 oil pum p
A ir repoen ish device
14.4 油泵控制系统操作说明 Operation description of oil pump system
PLC 油泵控制系统操作简单方便，分为自动、切除、手动三种方式，同时还有完善的
故障报警和保护以及状态显示。
It is every easy to operate the oil pump by automatic, excise or manual. At the
same time, the system has perfect fault alarm, protection and status display
functions.
14.4.1 油泵自动方式 Oil pump automatic way
PLC 工作正常时，将 1 号机（或 2 号机）选择开关置于自动方式，系统通过检测
系统压力自动控制油泵启停，当系统压力到达或小于正常启泵压力时，则工作机自动
启动，若系统压力达到额定值时，则工作机自动停机；
Under normal working condition, selecting automatic switch, the system will
check its pressure to automatically control the shutdown and startup of the oil
181
pump. If the pressure is equal or less than that of normal startup, the unit will
automatically start; if it reaches the rated value, it will automatically stop.
若压力降低到备用泵起动压力时,则主/备用泵投入运行，压力上升到正常停泵油
压时，主/备用泵停止运行。
If the pressure is lower than that of backup pump startup, then main/backup
pump will be put into operation and the pressure will increase to the normal pump
stop pressure. Thus main/backup pump stops.
若系统压力低于压力过低值时，工作机和备用机会同时启动，直至系统压力达到
额定值时两台油泵会自动停机；同时信号报警。
If the system pressure is lower than that of the minimum low value, the
working and standby units will start simultaneously and only stop until the pressure
reaching the rated value. And it will alarm by signal simultaneously.
若系统压力大于正常停机压力时，如果此时尚未停机而是继续打油，待系统压力
过高时，PLC 会控制空气开关或断路器跳开，油泵停止运行。
If the system pressure is higher than that of normal stop, no unit stop but
continuous oil stamp, PLC will control air switch or breaker to act , and the pump
will stop when the system pressure is over high.
1 号机、2 号机自动转换，在自动情况下每台机启动设定次数后，实现主备切换
一次。
No.1 and No.2 units can automatically switch over. Under automatic condition,
given times startup of each unit will realize one switchover between main and
standby units.
14.4.2 油泵手动方式 OiI pump manual way
油泵切换开关打到手动方式时油泵将立即启动。
The pump will be started promptly when the oil pump switch is at manual
operation .
14.4.3 油泵切除方式 Oil pump Switchover way
当切换开关由手动方式切换到切除位置时，即可实现手动停泵；当切换开关由自
182
动动方式切换到切除位置时，即可实现自动退出功能。
Manual stop of the pump will be realized once selecting “switchover”. And the
exit function can be realized when it is changed from automatic to switchover
position.
14.4.4 补气控制 supplys air control
补气控制是选配功能。操作面板上有补气方式选择开关，可选择自动方式、切除、手
动方式。
Air admission control is selective functions. There are air admission way selective
switch on the operating panel , automation , excise and manual operating can be
choosen.
当选择开关置于自动方式时，PLC 实行自动补气。
When on automatic operation , the PLC supplys air automaticly.
当系统检测到油罐内油位达到补气油位且系统压力未达到停泵压力时，补气阀动
作，开始补气，当油罐压力到达正常停泵压力时，暂停补气，补气时，油泵不启动，
直至油罐油位达到额定油位时停止补气。使罐内油位与油压恢复正常。（ 选 配）
当补气选择开关置于手动方式时：
When the system inspect the oil level reach the air supply level and the
pressure of the system do not reach the pressure pump stop , the air supply valves
acts ,the pump start to supply air ,when the pressure of oil tank reach the normal
pressure that pump stop,stop supplying. When suppling air , the pump don’t need
to start , until the oil level of tank reach the rated oil level ,the pump stop supplying
air, to make the oil level and pressure restore normal . ( matching)
警告:手动操作时，必需有人为监视
Warning:manual operation , huaman inspection needed. 补气切换开关打到手动方式时，补气电磁阀动作，开始补气，需人为观察压力和
液面。（选 配）
When air admission switch is on manual operation, air admission solenoid
valve acts , the pump starts to supply air , it needs to inspect pressure ane oil level
by human.(matching)
183
当补气选择开关置于切除方式时，补气电磁阀关闭，停止补气。当液位不正常
时，直接通过手动操作补气阀和排油阀，可人为调整液面。
When air admission selective switch is on excising operation ,air admission
solenoid valve close , the pump stop supplying air . when the liquid level is
abnormal , operating air admission valve and emputying valve by manual to adjust
liquid level by human attempt.
14.4.5 紧急停机 Emergency stop
若发生紧急事件，可通过按下紧停按钮，系统将立即停止油泵并发紧急停机信息。
If any emergency event happens, the system will stop immediately and send
emergency stop signal via pushing emergency stop button.
需要复归紧急停机时，先复归紧急停机按钮并按油泵复位按钮，即可解除紧急停
机。
If emergency stop reverting needed, please reverting the emergency stop button
and press the oil pump reverting button, thus the emergency stop release.
14.4.6 显示 Display
状态故障指示： The status is displayed.
状态指示：一号泵运行、二号泵运行、一号泵自动/切除/手动、二号泵自动/切除/
手动、一号泵主/备用状态、二号泵主/备用状态等。
故障指示：一号泵故障、二号泵故障、油压异常、油位异常、Ⅰ段电源消失、Ⅱ段
电源消失等。
Status indication: No.1 pump running, No.2 pump running, No.1 pump automatic
/switchgear/ manual, No.2 pump automatic /switchgear/ manual, No.1 pump
main/backup status, No.2 pump main/backup status etc.
Malfunction indication: No.1 pump malfunction, No.2 pump malfunction, oil
pressure abnormal, oil level abnormal, power disappear, power disappearⅠ Ⅱ etc.
．面板上按钮： Button in the panel:
184
紧停按钮按钮 emergency stop button
油泵复位 oil pump rset
14.5油泵控制系统设备调试及维护Commissioning and maintenance of oil pump
system
14.5.1 系统调试 System commissioning
一、外观检查 Appearance check
通电前检查系统盘内是否有元件、线头脱落、破损等异常情况，如有，及时更换
元件或采取其它措施。
Before electricity connection, to check whether any abnormality of component,
thread brushing off or abrasion; if any, replacement or other measures shall be
taken.
二、电源检查 Power supply check
通电前检查进入系统内的三相交流 380V，＋24V 电源是否与地短路，确认无问
题后，断开各空气开关，通电检查动力电源及控制电源是否正常，若无异常，合空气
开关，检查+24V 电源是否正常。
Before electricity, to check three-phrase AC 380V，＋24V. After confirmation,
to break all air switches and check the dynamic power and control power by
supplying the power; if both of them are normal, to check the +24V by combining
the air switch.
三、现场需整定值 Setting value at site
根据实际的要求，采用开关量控制需要整定各压力接点值（备用泵启油压、主用
泵启油压、停泵油压、高油压、低油压、事故低油压）。
如采用模拟量控制需在 PLC 内整定以下参数（可选 ）：
压力采样过高值、压力采样过低值、压力采样 大值、压力采样零点值、压力变
送器量程、模拟量过低油压、模拟量备用泵启动油压、模拟量主用泵启动油压、模拟
量停泵油压、模拟量过高油压、油泵轮换次数。
若采用软启动器，需设置软启动参数。
To set oil pressure and level values according to requirements at site (backup
185
pump startup oil pressure, main pump startup oil pressure, pump stop pressure,
high oil pump, low oil pump, emergency low oil pressure).
If the simulation quantity control needs to set the following values on the screen
(please see the Terminal Operation Instruction for details.):
Pressure sampling over-high value, pressure sampling over-low value, pressure
sampling max value, pressure sampling zero position value, pressure transforming
trip, simulation quantity under-low oil pressure, simulation backup pump startup
pressure, simulation quantity main pump startup pressure, simulation pump stop
pressure, simulation Over-top pressure, times of oil pump transmigration.
If the soft starter adopted , parameters of sofr starter need to be set.
四、系统联机调试 System online commissioning
待现场配线结束，模拟各种信号，检查各指示灯指示及送中控室信号是否正常，
油泵启停动作是否正常，以及其它功能是否满足。
After site wiring, to simulate various signals, check whether all indicators,
signals sent to central control room or pump startup is normal.
1、检查硬件状态：上电后，硬件工作状态、位置、面板指示灯状态是否正常。
Check hardware state : after electrifying ,checking if the hardware working
state , position , panel indicator is normal .
2、手/自动切换操作启/停泵，观察油泵旋转方向是否正确，继电器动作、面板指
示灯状态是否正常；
Manual / automatic switchover operating startup/shutdown pump , inspecting
if the revolve of oil pump is correct , the action of relay , panel indicator is
normal .
3 检查油泵自动方式工作,主备用泵切换是否正常；
Checking if the oil pump automatic working way and active /standby pump
switchover is normal.
4、检查手动补气是否正常；Manual Checking if Manual air admission is
normal .
5、检查自动补气是否正常； Checking if automaticly air admission is normal .
186
6、其它各种故障试验模拟是否正常。 Checking Other different kind faults test
simulation is normal.
14.5.2 系统维修 System maintenance
一、油泵故障 Oil pump fault
油泵故障有以下几种情况：There are following pump faults
1．过流故障 overflow fault
当电动机发生短路、堵转或负载过大等情况时，会发生过流故障报警，需检查电
机和油泵是否正常。When the motor is blocked or overload, overflow fault alarms.
Please check the motor and oil pump to whether they are normal or not.
2．油泵故障 Oil pump fault
当电动机在旋转，但油压或油位没有上升迹象时，需停泵检查油泵和卸荷阀是否
正常。The oil pump fault alarm happens if oil pressure or level is not going to
increase while the motor is rotating. Please stop the pump and check it and load-off
valve.
二、油压异常故障 Abnormal oil pressure malfunction
油压异常故障有系统过压、系统欠压。当系统过压此时，各油泵应停机，当系统
欠压时各油泵应启动，若油泵没有相应地停下或启动，则应检查相应油泵的控制线路
是否正常，压力检测元件是否正常。
Both over-high pressure and over-low pressure are abnormal. Under this
condition, all pumps shall stop ( started); if they do not stop (started), please check
Controlling wirings of corresponding pumps. And checking if the pressure
inspecting components is normal .
三、控制系统故障 Control power supply fault
1、PLC 故障 PLC malfunction：
以下几种情况可引发 PLC 故障报警 PLC malfunction may be caused by：
（1）PLC 损坏以致无法运行 PLC 程序，这样就会导致 PLC 故障报警。PLC
damage which makes PLC non-performance
（2）PLC 内部检测错误时也会发出 PLC 故障报警。PLC internal test error
187
（3）若故障继电器接触不良或损坏，也会出现 PLC 故障报警。Bad contact or
damage of the malfunction relay may also brings PLC fault alarm.
2、电源故障：Power supply fault
电源故障分动力电源故障和控制电源故障。The power supply faults are
consisted of power supply fault and control supply fault.
（1）动力电源故障：Dynamic power supply fault
若动力电源回路出现故障，系统就会发出动力电源消失报警，动力电源监视继电
器灯灭。
If any dynamic power supply circuit fault happens, the system will send
dynamic power disappearance and the light of dynamic power monitoring relay is
off.
出现故障的原因可能是：三相交流电源断线缺相；I 路动力电源和 II 路动力电源
有一路动力电源消失；动力电源监视继电器接触不好或损坏；
And reasons may be as following: wire breaking or phase lack of three-phase
AC power supply; disappearance of one circuit of circuits I & II dynamic power
supply, bad contact or damage of the malfunction relay.
（2）控制电源故障 Control power supply fault：
控制电源取至 I 路动力电源的一相和 II 路动力电源的一相及直流电源，三者互为
备用，若控制电源故障，请检查 I 路和 II 路三相交流动力电源及直流电源回路是否正
常，中心线接线是否正确。
The control power supply selects until No.1 dynamic power supply phase
1,No.2 dynamic power supply phase 1 and DC. And they are backup for each other;
if control power supply fails, please check whether No.1 and No.2 three phases
dynamic power supply and DC , and center wire are normal.
14.6 油泵控制系统维护保养 Maintenance of oil pump system
Periodic check
可编程控制器 PLC 内没有导致其寿命缩短的易耗件。但存储器电池需要 3 5 年
定期更换，因电池有自然放电问题，更换时请购买质量可靠的产品。
定期检查
188
It shall be no consumable part which can shorten the lifetime in the PLC.
However, the battery of the storage shall be replaced periodically every 3-5 years.
Please purchase the quality reliable battery since it has natural discharge problem.
另外，结合其它设备检查，请注意下述几点：
Besides, considering the check of other related equipment, please pay
attention to the following items:
1）是否因为其它发热体或阳光直射的缘故，机内温度异常升高。
To check whether the temperature in the unit is extremely high is due to
other heater or direct solar irradiation.
2）粉尘、导电性尘埃是否落入机内。
To check whether any dust or conductive ash drops.
3）配线、端子是否连接紧固？有无其它异常。
To check whether wiring or terminal is fixed or any other abnormality.
建议定期进行以下维护工作：The following periodic maintenance is suggested.
1）检查硬件连接状态和紧固程度。
To check the hardware connection and fix statuses.
2）确保部件周围的温度保持在可接受的水平。
To make sure that the temperature around is under acceptable level.
3） 如有散热器的话，应清除散热器上的所有的灰尘和导电尘埃。
To remove all ash and conductive dust on the radiator (if any).
Battery replacement
当可编程控制器 PLC 电池电压降低时，在电源合上的情况下，从电池电压低报警
开始算起，一个月内电池有效。若发现迟缓时，应尽快更换电池，避免停电时参
数和程序丢失。
When PLC battery voltage decrease ,the battery is in effective within one month
accounting from the warning the battery that the voltage underlow when the power
Is on . IF slow ,please change the battery to avoid parameter and programe lost
when the power is off.
更换电池
189
更换电池手续，注意以下几点：
The following items shall be noticed when replacing the battery:
1）关闭可编程控制器电源。To close PLC power.
2）用手指握住，卸下面板盖。To remove the cover while holding by fingers.
3）从电池架取出旧电池，拔出插座。To take out the old battery and draw the
socket
4）在插座，拔出后的 20 秒内，插入新电池的插座。To plug the socket of the new
battery in 20s after the drawing of the old one.
5）把电池插入电池架，装上盖板。To close the cover after inserting the new
battery on the battery frame.